Bibliography for AVES

• Abbott, I. 1972. Birds of Bass Strait. Evolution and ecology of the avifaunas of some Bass Strait islands, and comparisons with those of Tasmania and Victoria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 85: 197-223
• Adams, M., Baverstock, P.R., Saunders, D.A., Schodde, R. & Smith, G.T. 1984. Biochemical systematics of the Australian cockatoos (Psittaciformes: Cacatuinae). Australian Journal of Zoology 32: 363-377
• Agar, G., Jaensch, R. and Vervest, Rodney 1988. A Northern Pintail Anas acuta in Australia. Australian Bird Watcher 12(6): 204.205
• Agassiz, L. 1846. Nomenclatoris Zoologici Index Universalis, continens nomina systematica classium, ordinum, familiarum et generum animalium omnium, tam viventium quam fossilium, secundum ordinem alphabeticum unicum disposita, adjectis homonymiis plantarum, nec non variis adnotationibus et emendationibus. Soloduri [= Solothurn, Switzerland] : Jent & Gassmann viii 393 pp. [published between 1846–1848]
• Albertis, L.M. d' & Salvadori, T. 1879. Catalogo degli uccelli raccolti da L.M. d'Albertis durante la 2a e 3a esplorazone del Fiume Fly negli anni 1876 e 1877. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale Genova 14: 21-147
• Alexander, W.B. 1922. The Vertebrate Fauna of Houtman's Abrolhos (Abrolhos Islands), Western Australia. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology 34: 462-467 [Date published Feb 1922]
• Alexander, W.B. 1924. White's Journal of a Voyage to New South Wales. The Emu 23: 209-215
• Allen, G.H. 1950. Birds as a biotic factor in the environment of pastures, with particular reference to Galahs (Cacatua roseicapilla). Journal of the Australian Institute of Agricultural Science 16: 18-25
• Allen, R.J. 1987. Alexandra's Parrots in the Great Victoria Desert. South Australian Ornithologist 30: 75
• Amadon, D. 1942. Birds collected during the Whitney South Sea Expedition. L Notes on some non-passerine genera, 2. American Museum Novitates 1176: 1-21
• Amadon, D. 1943. Birds collected during the Whitney South Sea Expedition. 52 Notes on some non-passerine genera, 3. American Museum Novitates 1237: 1-22
• Amadon, D. & Bull, J. 1988. Hawks and owls of the world. Proceedings of the Western Foundation of Vertebrate Zoology 3: 295-357
• American Ornithologists' Union. 1983. Check-list of North American Birds. 6th Edn American Ornithologists' Union xxix 877 pp.
• Ames, P.L. 1971. The Morphology of the Syrinx in Passerine Birds. Peabody Museum of Natural History, Bulletin 37: vi 194 pp. 21 pls
• Ames, P.L. 1975. The application of the syringeal morphology to the classification of the Old World insect eaters (Muscicapidae). Bonner Zoologische Beiträge 26: 107-134
• Andrews, C.W. (ed.) 1900. A Monograph of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean): physical features and geology; with descriptions of the fauna and flora by numerous contributors. London : British Museum (Natural History) xiii 337 pp.
• Anon. 1960. Type specimens in the Western Australian Museum. Western Australian Museum Annual Report 1959-60: 28-30
• Anon. In Field, B. (ed.) 1825. Geographical Memoirs on New South Wale; by various hands: containing … together with other papers on the aborigines, the geology, the timber, the astronomy, and the meteorology of New South Wales and Van Diemen's Land. London : John Murray xvi 504 pp.
• Anonymous 1928. Notes and Comments. The Emu 27: 221 [Date published 1 Jan 1928]
• Antinori, O. 1864. Catalogo descrittivo di una Collezione di Uccelli fatta nell' interno dell' Affrica centrale Nord. Milano xxix, 118 pp.
• Armstrong, M.H., Braun, E.L., & Kimball, R.T. 2001. Phylogenetic utility of the avian ovomucoid intron G: a comparison of the nuclear and mitochondrical phylogenies in Galliformes. Auk 118: 799-804
• Ashby, E. 1905. South Australian Ornithological Association. The Emu 5(1): 26-27 [Date published 1 Jul 1905]
• Ashby, E. 1910. Description of a new Acanthiza. The Emu 9(3): 137-138 [Date published 1 Jan 1910]
• Ashby, E. 1911. Description of a new Epthianura. The Emu 10(3): 251-252 [Date published 21 Jan 1911]
• Ashby, E. 1911. Description of a new Rhipidura. The Emu 11(1): 41 [Date published Jul 1911]
• Ashby, E. 1914. Halcyon macleayii coeruleus subsp. n.- The Northern Forest Kingfisher. South Australian Ornithologist 1(1): 20-21
• Ashby, E. 1914. Description of some interesting birds from the Northern Territory. South Australian Ornithologist 1(4): 26-27
• Ashby, E. 1915. Notes on Polophilus phasianinus melanurus Gld. (North-western Coucal). South Australian Ornithologist 2: 72
• Ashby, E. 1917. Description of a new sub-species of Platycercus elegans (Gmelin). The Emu 17: 43-45
• Ashby, E. 1920. Birds of Mount Compass District, South Australia. The Emu 19(4): 299-303 [Date published 29 May 1920]
• Ashby, E. 1921. Notes on birds observed in Western Australia from Perth northwards to Geraldton. The Emu 20(3): 130-137 [Date published 3 Jan 1921]
• Ashby, E. 1922. The Dusky Miner (Myzantha obscura), Gould, with its subspecies compared with the Yellow-throated Miner (Myzantha flavigula), Gould. The Emu 21(4): 252-256 [Date published 1 Apr 1922]
• Ashby, E. 1925. A review of Australian members of the Genus Zosterops. The Emu 25(2): 112-119 [Date published Oct 1925]
• Ashby, E. 1925. The Adelaide Rosella (Platycercus adelaidae. The Emu 25: 89-90
• Ashby, E. 1927. Sericornis osculans in Victoria. The Emu 26(4): 313-314 [Date published 1 Apr 1927]
• Ashby, E. 1927. The Grampian Range of Victoria and its bird life. The Emu 26(4): 285-292 [Date published 1 Apr 1927]
• Ashby, E. 1930. Notes on birds observed in mid-western Australia in October, 1927, with a decription of a new species of Coracina. The Emu 29(3): 183-192 [Date published 1 Jan 1930]
• Atherton, R.G. & Greeves, D. 1986. Torresian Imperial-Pigeon Ducula spilorrhoa on Green Is., north-eastern Queensland. The Emu 85: 261-263 [publication date Mathews, G.M. 1920. Dates of ornithological works. Austral Avian Records 4: 1–27]
• Atherton, R.G., Matthew, P.A. & Winter, J.W. 1980. Notes on the crop contents and locality records of the Marbled Frogmouth Podargus ocellatus marmoratus Gould from Cape York Peninsula. Sunbird 11: 71-72
• Attiwill, A.R. 1960. Red-tailed Black Cockatoo in South-East of South Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 23: 37-38 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]]
• Austin, C.N. 1956. Range extention of three bird species. The Emu 56: 80-81
• Badman, F.J. 1981. Bourke's Parrot in the western Lake Eyre drainage. South Australian Ornithologist 28: 161-164
• Baird, R.F. 1985. Avian fossils from Quaternary deposits in 'Green Waterhole Cave', south-eastern South Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 37: 353-370
• Baird, R.F. 1986. Historical records of the Glossy Black Cockatoo Calyptorhynchus lathami and Red-tailed Black Cockatoo C. magnificus in south-eastern Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 30: 38-45
• Baird, S.F. 1858. Report Expl. Survey Pacific Ocean. Pacific R.R. Report IX. Richmond Catalogue.
• Baker, E.C.S. 1942. Cuckoo Problems. London : H.F. & G. Witherby 207 pp.
• Baldamus, E. 1870. [Title not located]. Journal für Ornithologie 17
• Bankier, R.A. 1841. A new species of the Australian genus Alcyone. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 1 6: 394-395
• Barclay Rose, A. 1973. The food of the White-throated Nightjar. Australian Birds 8: 31-32
• Barclay Rose, A. 1976. Mass of wild birds of the order Caprimulgiformes. Australian Bird Bander 14: 50-51
• Barker, R.D. & Vestjens, W.J.M. 1990. The Food of Australian Birds. 2 Passerines. Canberra : CSIRO Australia.
• Barnard, H.G. 1911. Field notes from Cape York. The Emu 11: 17-32
• Barnard, H.G. 1926. Birds of the Cardwell District, Queensland, Pt 1. The Emu 26: 1-13
• Barnard, H.G. 1935. Notes on the Large-tailed Nightjar. The Emu 34: 176-177
• Barnicoat, F.C. 1976. Breeding of the Little Lorikeet. Aviculture Magazine 82: 65-67
• Barrett, C. 1931. Australian Birds & Butterflies. Series 3. Melbourne : Sun Nature Book Series 44 pp.
• Bassett-Hull, A.F. 1910. The Birds of Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 34: 636-693
• Baxter, C. & Parker, S.A. 1981. The status of the Elegant Parrot and the Rock Parrot on Kangaroo Island. South Australian Ornithologist 28: 164-165
• Beardsell, C. 1985. The Regent Parrot. A report on the nest site survey in south-eastern Australia, September 1983 to January 1984. Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service Report Series n. 1 28 pp.
• Beardsell, C.M. & Emison, W.B. 1985. The Little Corella in the South-East of South Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 29: 206-207
• Bechstein, J.M. 1803. Ornithologisches Taschenbuch von und für Deutschland; oder, Kurze Beschreibung aller Vögel Deutschlands für Liebhaber dieses Theils der Naturgeschichte. Leipzig : Carl Friedrich Enoch Richter et al. Vol. 2 550 pp.
• Bechstein, J.M. 1805. Gemein. Nat. Deutschl. Vol. 2. Peters' Check-list of the birds of the world Vol. 9: 144. 247, 302, 465 pp.
• Bechstein, J.M. 1811. Kurze Uebersicht aller bekannten Vögel: oder ihre Kennzeichen der Art nach Lathams General Synopsis of Birds und seinem Index ornithologicus. Nürnberg : A.G. Schneider & Weigel iv 536 pp. 42 pls.
• Bechstein, J.M. 1812. In Latham's Allgemeine Uebersicht der Vögel mit zwanzig gemahiten Kupfern aus dem Englischen übersezt. Nürnberg : C. Weigel und Schneider Vol. 4.
• Becking, J.H. 1975. New evidence for the specific affinity of Cuculus lepidus Müller. Ibis 117: 275-284
• Becking, J.H. 1981. Notes on the breeding of Indian cuckoos. Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society 78: 201-231
• Beddard, F.E. 1886. On the syrinx and other points in the anatomy of the Caprimulgidae. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1886: 147-153
• Beddard, F.E. 1888. On the classification of the Striges. Ibis 30: 335-344
• Beddard, F.E. 1890. On Photodilus badius, with remarks on its systematic position. Ibis 32: 293-304
• Beddard, F.E. 1896. Contributions to the anatomy of picarian birds-Part III. On some points on the anatomy of the kingfishers. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1896: 603-606
• Beddard, F.E. 1898. The Structure and Classification of Birds. London : Longmans, Green xx 548 pp.
• Beddard, F.E. & Parsons, F.G. 1893. On certain points in the anatomy of parrots bearing on their classification. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 507-514
• Beecher, W.J. 1953. A phylogeny of theoscines. Auk 70: 67-73
• Beehler, B.M. & Finch, B.W. 1985. Species-Checklist of the Birds of New Guinea. Australasian Ornithological Monographs No. 1. Melbourne : Royal Australasian Ornithologists Union iii 126 pp.
• Beehler, B.M., Pratt, T.K. & Zimmerman, D.A. 1986. Birds of New Guinea. Handbook no. 9 of the Wau Ecology Institute. Princeton : Princeton University Press xiii 293 pp. 55 pls.
• Beeton, R.J. 1985. The Little Corella: a seasonally adapted species. Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia 13: 53-63 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Bell, H.L. 1960. Nesting notes of the Mangrove Kingfisher. The Emu 60: 64-65
• Bell, H.L. 1962. The Green-winged Pigeon in Victoria. The Emu 61: 328-330 [Mathews, G.M. 1942. Additions to the list of Australian birds and other notes. Australian Zoologist 10(suppl.): 161–166]
• Bell, H.L. 1966. Some feeding habits of the Rainbow Lorikeet. The Emu 66: 71-22 [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]
• Bell, H.L. 1981. Information on New Guinean Kingfishers, Alcedinidae. Ibis 123: 51-61
• Bell, H.L. 1984. Carrying of young in flight by Coucals Centropus spp. Australian Bird Watcher 10: 171 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Bennett, G. 1837. A Catalogue of the Specimens of Natural History and Miscellaneous Curiosities, Deposited in the Australian Museum. Sydney : Australian Museum 71 pp.
• Berger, A.J. 1955. On the anatomy and relationships of Glossy Cuckoos of the genera Chrysococcyx, Lampromorpha, and Chalcites. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 103: 585-597
• Berger, A.J. 1960. Some anatomical characters of the Cuculidae and the Musophagidae. Wilson Bulletin 72: 60-104
• Berlepsch, H. 1911. Die vögel der Aru-Inseln, mit besonderer berücksichtigung der sammlungen des Herrn Dr H. Merton. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft 34: 53-98
• Berlioz, J. 1927. [Title unknown]. Bulletin du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris 33: 350
• Berthold, A.A. 1826. Latreille's Natürliche Familien des Thierreich Aus dem Französisechen mit Anmerkungen und Zusätzen. Weimar : Landes-Industrie-Comptoirs x 606 pp. [publication dated as 1827]
• Berthold, A.A. 1827. Latreille's Natürliche Familien des Thierreichs. Aus dem Franzosischen, mit Anmerkungen und Zusützen. Weimar : Verlage Landes-Industrie-Comptoirs Vol. x xiii, 606 pp.
• Beruldsen, G.R. 1978. The eggs of the Brush Cuckoo—Cacomantis variolosus. Australian Bird Watcher 7: 281-282
• Beruldsen, G.R. 1986. Observations on the Sooty Owl Tyto tenebricosa in south-east Queensland. Australian Bird Watcher 11: 230-236
• Bianchi, V.L. 1907. Catalogue of the known species of Alaudidae, or family of larks, with a table showing the geographical distribution and a key to the genera. Bulletin of the Imperial Academy of Sciences of St Petersburg 5 25(1-2): 1-81
• Billberg, G.J. 1828. Synopsis Faunae Scandinaviae. Tom. I, Pars 2. Aves. Holmiae 208 pp. [For publication date Richmond, C.W. 1900. Some necessary changes in nomenclature. Auk ns 17: 178–179 Lysaght, A. 1957. The first specimens of Dacelo novaeguineae and D. leachii in European collections. Emu 57: 209–210 Mathews, G.M. 1926. An important date. Emu 26: 148]
• Bird, C.L. 1980. Fork-tailed Swifts in Tasmania. Tasmanian Bird Report 10: 22-24
• Birds Australia 1999. Handbook of Australian New Zealand and Antartic Birds. Oxford university Press Vol. 4.
• Birt, T.P., Friesen, V.L., Green, J.M., Montevechi, W.A. & Davidson, W.S. 1992. Cytochrome b sequence variation among parrots. Hereditas (Lund) 117: 67-72
• Biswas, B. 1951. On some larger spine-tailed swifts, with the description of a new subspecies from Nepal. Ardea 39: 318-321
• Black, A.B., Joseph, L., Pedler, L.P. & Carpenter, G.A. 2010. A taxonomic framework for interpreting evolution within the Amytornis textilis-modestus complex of grasswrens. The Emu 110: 358-363
• Blackburn, A. 1970. Unusual records of Spine-tailed and Fork-tailed Swifts. The Emu 70: 90
• Blackman, J.G. & Locke, D.K. 1978. Nocturnal flying height of a Dollarbird. The Emu 78: 163
• Blakers, M., Davies, S.J.J.F. & Reilly, P.N. 1984. The Atlas of Australian Birds. Melbourne : Melbourne University Press/Royal Australasian Ornithologists Union xlvi 738 pp.
• Blandford, W.T. 1893. On the scientific name of a Himalayan Cuckoo. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 315-319
• Blasius, J.H. 1858. Briefliche Mitteillungen über Helgoland. Naumannia 8: 303-316
• Blasius, J.H. 1862. A List of the Birds of Europe, Reprinted from the German with the Author's Corrections. Norwich : Matchett & Stevenson 24 pp.
• Blaylock, B.J. & Horton, P. 2006. Authorship and typification of Strepera fusca. South Australian Ornithologist 34(7-8): 288-290 [Date published Mar 2006]
• Blyth, E. 1842. Notes on various Indian and Malayan birds, with Descriptions of some presumed new Species. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 11: 195
• Blyth, E. 1843. [Title not located]. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 12
• Blyth, E. 1844. Appendix to Mr. Blyth's Report for December Meeting, 1842. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 13(1): 361-395
• Blyth, E. 1846. [Title unknown]. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 15
• Blyth, E. 1847. Notices and Descriptions of various New or Little Known Species of Birds. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 16(1): 117-157 [Date published Feb 1847]
• Blyth, E. 1848. [Details not found]. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal xvii(1)
• Blyth, E. 1849. Catalogue of the Birds in the Museum, Asiatic Society. Calcutta : Asiatic Society of Bengal xxxiv 403 pp.
• Blyth, E. 1851. Conspectus of the Ornithology of India, Burmah, & c. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 19: 501-517 [publication dated as 1850]
• Blyth, E. 1856. Note. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 25: 447
• Blyth, E. 1859. [title]. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 28
• Blyth, E. 1864. Report of the Curator, Zoological Department. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal NS 32(4): 451-461
• Blyth, E. 1866. The Ornithology of India. A Commentary on Dr. Jerdon's 'Birds of India'. Ibis 2 2(8): 336-376 [Date published Oct 1866]
• Blyth, E. 1870. Notes relating chiefly to the birds of India. Ibis 2 6: 157-176
• Bock, W.J. 1962. The pneumatic fossa of the humerus in the Passeres. Auk 79: 425-443
• Bock, W.J. 1963. Relationships between the birds of paradise and the bower-birds. Condor 65: 95-125
• Bock, W.J. 1985. The skeletomuscular system of the feeding apparatus of the Noisy Scrub-bird, Atrichornis clamosus (Passeriformes: Atrichornithidae). Records of the Australian Museum 37: 193-210
• Bock, W.J. 1986. Species concepts, speciation and macroevolution. pp. 31-57 in Iwatsuki, K., Raven, P.H. & Bock, W.J. (eds). Modern Aspects of Species. Tokyo : University of Tokyo Press.
• Bock, W.J. 1994. History and nomenclature of avian family-group names. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 222: 1-281
• Bock, W.J. & McEvey, A. 1969. The radius and relationship of owls. Wilson Bulletin 81: 55-68
• Bock, W.J. & Morony, J.J. 1978. Relationships of the passerine finches (Passeriformes: Passeridae). Bonner Zoologische Beiträge 29: 122-147
• Boddaert, P. 1783. Table des Planches Enluminéez d'Histoire Naturelle, de M. d'Aubenton. Avec les denominations de M.M. de Buffon, Brisson, Edwards, Linnaeus et Latham, precédé d'une Notice des Principaux Ouvrages Zoologiques enluminées. Utrecht : Boddaert xv 58 + 9 pp. [published Dec. 1783 International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature 1985. International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. Third edition adopted by the XX General Assembly of the International Union of Biological Sciences. London : International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature xx 338 pp. [Art. 3]]
• Boehm, E.F. 1939. The Fork-tailed Swift (Micropus pacificus Latham, 1801): with special reference to its occurrence in South Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 15: 54-58
• Boehm, E.F. 1959. Parrots and cockatoos of the Mount Mary Plains, South Australia. The Emu 59: 83-87
• Boehm, E.F. 1960. Little Corella in southern South Australia. The Emu 60: 67-68 [publication date Mathews, G.M. 1920. Dates of ornithological works. Austral Avian Records 4: 1–27 Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240)]
• Boehm, E.F. 1961. Indian Turtle-dove extends in range in South Australia. The Emu 61: 55
• Boehm, E.F. 1961. Pink Cockatoo in southern South Australia. The Emu 61: 138-139 [July, 1830, publication dated as 1831]
• Boehm, E.F. 1961. Some habits of the Fork-tailed Swift. The Emu 61: 281-282
• Boetticher, H. von 1936. Rolliers et Eurystomes. Oiseau Revue Français d'Ornithologie 6: 422-434
• Boetticher, H. von 1943. Gedanken über die systematische Stellung einiger Papageien. Zoologischer Anzeiger 143: 191-200
• Boetticher, H. von 1951. La systématique des guêpiers. Oiseau Revue Français d'Ornithologie 21: 194-199
• Boetticher, H. von 1954. Die Taubengattung Columba L. Zoologischer Anzeiger 153: 49-64
• Boetticher, H. von 1959. Papageien. Wittenberg, Lutherstadt : A. Ziemsen (Die Neue Brehm-Bücherei) 228 116 pp.
• Bogdanov, M. 1879. [Transactions of the Natural History Society in Connection with the Imperial Kazan University]. [The Birds of the Caucasus]. Vol. 8(4). [in Russian]
• Bogert, C. 1937. Birds collected during the Whitney South Sea Expedition. XXXIV The distribution and the migration of the Long-tailed Cuckoo (Urodynamis taitensis Sparrman). American Museum Novitates 933: 1-12
• Boghdanov, M. 1884. Conspectus Avium Imperii Rossici. St.-Pétersbourg : Commissionaires de l'Académie Impériale des Sciences Fasc. 1 122 pp.
• Boie, F. 1844. Auszüge aus dem "System der Ornithologie". Isis Oken 1844(III): col. 164-198
• Boie, J.F. 1822. [Title unknown]. Isis von Oken, Jena 1822: 564
• Boie, J.F. 1822. [not located]. Isis x
• Boie, J.F. 1822. [title not located]. Isis von Oken, Jena 5
• Boie, J.F. 1826. Generalüebersicht der ornithologischen Ordnungen, Familien und Gattungen. Isis von Oken, Jena 19(10): 969-982 [Date published Oct 1826]
• Boie, J.F. 1832. [Title not located]. N. Staatsburg. Mag. (Schleswik) 1(2)
• Boie, J.F. 1844. [Title not located]. Isis von Oken, Jena 1844
• Boles, W.E. 1983. A taxonomic revision of the Brown Thornbill Acanthiza pusilla (Shaw) with the description of a new subspecies. The Emu 83(2): 51-55 [Date published Jun 1983]
• Boles, W.E. 1988. Comments on the subspecies of Australian native and introduced finches. The Emu 88(1): 20-24 [Date published Mar 1988]
• Boles, W.E. 1988. The Robins and Flycatchers of Australia. Sydney : Angus and Robertson.
• Boles, W.E. 1989. Correct authorship of Pomatostomidae. Auk 106(2): 341 [Date published 26 Apr 1989]
• Boles, W.E. 1993. A Logrunner Orthonyx (Passeriformes: Orthonychidae) from the Miocene of Riversleigh, north-western Queensland. The Emu 93: 44-49
• Boles, W.E. 1993. A new cockatoo (Psittaciformes: Cacatuidae) from the Tertiary of Riversleigh, northwestern Queensland, and an evaluation of rostral characters in the systematics of parrots. Ibis 135: 8-18
• Boles, W.E. & Longmore, N.W. 1983. A new subspecies of treecreeper in the Climacteris leucophaea superspecies. The Emu 83: 272-275
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1850. Conspectus Generum Avium. Tom. I. Lugduni, Batavorum : E.J. Brill 543 pp. [Date published 24 Jun 1850]
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1850. Nouvelles espèces ornithologiques. Première partie: Perroquets. Lugduni. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 30: 131-139 [published Feb.]
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1853. Classification ornithologique par series. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1853. Notes ornithologique sur les collections rapportées en 1853, par, M.A. Delattre, et classification parallélique des Passereaux chanteurs. Ces Notes, qui ont ete lues et inserées par extrait les Comptes Rendus de l'Academie, offrent dans cette nouvelle publication plusiers additions à ce qui avait ete précédemment communique. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 37: 827-835
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Conspectus Volucrum Anisodactylorum. Ateneo Italiano 2(11): 311-321
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Conspectus Volucrum Anisodactylorum. Ateneo Italiano 2(11): 311-321 [Date published Aug 1854]
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Conspectus Volucrum Zygodactylorum. Ateneo Italiano 2: 116-129
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Conspectus systematis ornithologiae. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 38
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Coup d'oeil sur l'ordre des pigeons. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 39: 1072-1078 [Publication date established from Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Coup d'oeil sur l'ordre des pigeons. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 39: 1102-1112
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Coup d'oeil sur l'ordre des pigeons. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 39: 869-880
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Notes Ornithologiques sur les Collections Rapportées en 1853, par M.A. Delattre, de son Voyage en Californie et dans le Nicaragua [et Classification Parallélique des Passereaux Chanteurs]. Paris : Mallet-Bachelier Vol. 37.
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Tableau des oiseaux de proie. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie (Paris) 2 6: 530-544
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Tableau des perroquets. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie (Paris) 2 6: 145-158
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. [Title not located]. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Zoologie 4 1(2)
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1855. Coup d'oeil sur l'ordre des pigeons. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 40: 15-24 [published 3 Jan.]
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1855. Coup d'oeil sur l'ordre des pigeons. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 40: 205-221 [published 29 Jan.]
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1856. Beilage Nr .1. Tabellarische Uebersicht der Papageien. Naumannia 1856: Beilage 1a
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1856. Excursions dans les divers Musees d'Allemagne, de Hollande et de Belgique, et Tableaux paralleliques de l'orde des Palmipedes. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 43: 410-421
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1856. [Title]. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles xlii
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1857. Conspectus Generum Avium. Lugduni, Batavorum : E.J. Brill Vol. 2 232 pp. [published 1855]
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1857. Remarques à Propos des Observations de M. Émile Blanchard sur les Caractères Ostéologiques chez les Oiseaux de la Famille des Psittacides, et Tableau des Genres de Perroquets. Disposés en Séries Parallèles. Paris : C.L. Bonaparte 9 pp.
• Bonaparte, C.L. 1857. Remarques à propos des observations de M. Émile Blanchard sur les caractères ostéologiques chez les oiseaux de la famille des Psittacides, et Tableau des genres de Perroquets disposés en séries parallèles. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 44: 534-539
• Bonaparte, C.L. in Parzudaki, É. 1856. Catalogue des oiseaux d'Europe offerts en 1856 aux ornithologistes. Paris : É. Parzudaki 25 pp.
• Bonaparte, C.L.J.L 1830. Osservazioni sulla seconda edizione del Regno Animale del Barone Cuvier. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale Bologna 4: 303-464
• Bonaparte, C.L.J.L. 1831. Saggio d'una distribuzione metodica degli animali Vertebrati, a sangue freddo. Giornale Arcadico de Scienze Roma 52(4): 129-209
• Bonaparte, C.L.J.L. 1838. A Geographical and Comparative List of the Birds of Europe and North America. London : John Van Voorst vii, 67 pp.
• Bonaparte, C.L.J.L. 1854. [Title unknown]. Naumannia
• Bonaparte, C.L.J.L. 1856. [Title]. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles xliii
• Bonaparte, C.L.J.L. 1857. [title]. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie (Paris)
• Bonaparte, L.C. 1826. Further Additions to the Ornithology of the United States; and Observations on the Nomenclature of Certain Species. Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History New York 2: 154 -161
• Bonnaterre, (l'Abbé) 1791. Tableau Encyclopédique et Méthodique des Trois Règnes de la Nature. Ornithologie. Paris : Agasse Vol. 1.
• Borkhausen, M.B. 1797. Deutsche Fauna, oder kurzgefasste Naturgeschichte der Thiere Deutschlands. Erster Theil. Säugthiere und Vögel. Frankfurt am. Mayn : Varrentr & Wenner xxiv 620 pp.
• Bourchier, M.J.B. 1978. A Victorian record of the Forest Kingfisher. Australian Bird Watcher 7: 160-161
• Bourjot Saint-Hilaire, A. 1838. Histoire Naturelle des Perroquets, troisième volume (Supplémentaire), pour faire suite aux deux volumes de Levaillant, contenant les espèces laissées inédites par cet auteur ou récemment découvertes. Paris : F.G. Levrault xl 110 pp. 111 pls. [publication dated as 1837–1838]
• Bourke, P.A. 1951. Nesting notes of the Red-backed Parrot. The Emu 51: 31-32
• Bourke, P.A. 1960. The Purple-crowned Lorikeet in New South Wales. The Emu 60: 134
• Bourke, P.A. & Austin, A.F. 1947. Notes on the Red-browed Lorilet. The Emu 46: 286-294
• Braby, M.F. & Rantzan, C. 1988. Observations on feeding flocks of the Red-rumped Parrot Psephotus haematonotus in parklands near Melbourne, Victoria. Australian Bird Watcher 12: 150-153
• Brandt, J.F. 1836. [Title not located]. Icon. Anim. ross. nov. Aves (Fasc. 1): 5
• Brandt, J.F. 1841. [title]. Bulletin of the Imperial Academy of Sciences of St Petersburg 8(12)
• Brandt, J.F. 1845. Tchihatcheff's Voy. scient. Altai orient. Vol. 2.
• Bravery, J.A. 1967. Field notes on the Oriental Cuckoo, Cuculus saturatus. The Emu 66: 267-271
• Bravery, J.A. 1971. Sight-record of Uniform Swiftlet at Atherton, Q. The Emu 71: 182
• Bravery, J.A. & Schodde, R. 1973. Sight-records of swiftlets. The Emu 73: 29-30
• Brehm, C.L. 1830. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte aller Vögel Deutschlands, worin nach den sorgfältigsten Intersuchungen und den genauesten Beobachtungen mehr als 900 einheimische Vögel-Gattungen zur Begründung ihrer Naturgeschichte vollständig beschrieben sind. Ilmenau, Bernh. Friedr. : Voigt xxic 1085 pp. [for details on publication]
• Brehm, C.L. 1831. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte aller Vögel Deutschlands, worin nach den sorgfältigsten Untersuchungen und den genauesten Beobachtungen mehr als 900 einheimische Vögel-Gattungen zur Begrüngung einer ganz neuen Ansicht und Behandlung ihrer Naturgeschichte vollständig beschrieben sind. Ilmenau : Bernh. Friedh. Voigt xxiv 1085 pp.
• Brehm, C.L. 1845. Das Stiftungsfest der naturforschenden Gesellschaft Osterlandes in Altenburg, am 5 Julius 1843, und etwas die Voegel Griechenlands und Australiens. Isis 5: 323-358 [Date published May 1845]
• Brereton, J. Le G. 1963. Evolution within the Psittaciformes. Proceedings of the XIII International Ornithological Congress 1: 499-517
• Brereton, J. Le G. 1963. The life cycles of three Australian parrots: some comparative and population aspects. Living Bird 2: 21-29 [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B]
• Brereton, J. Le G. & Immelmann, K. 1962. Head-scratching in the Psittaciformes. Ibis 104: 169-174
• Brereton, J. Le G. & Pidgeon, R. 1966. The language of the Eastern Rosella. Australian Natural History 15: 225-229
• Brereton, J. Le G. & Sourry, C. 1959. Some observations on the distribution and abundance of closely-related parrots of the New England district of New South Wales. The Emu 59: 93-100
• Bridgewater, A.E. 1934. The food of Platycercus eximius and P. elegans. The Emu 33: 175-186
• Brisson, M.-J. 1760. Ornithologia sive Synopsis methodica sistens avium divisionem in ordines, sectiones, genera, species, ipsarumque varietates. Paris : J.-B. Bauche.
• Brisson, M.-J. 1760. Ornithologie ou méthode contenant la Division des oiseaux en Ordres, Sectiones, Genres, Espèces & leurs Variétés. Paris : J.-B. Bauche Vol. I xxiv 526 lxxiii pp. XXXVII pls.
• Brisson, M.-J. 1760. Ornithologie ou méthode contenant la Division des oiseaux en Ordres, Sectiones, Genres, Espèces & leurs Variétés. Paris : J.-B. Bauche Vol. IV 576 liv pp. XLVI pls.
• Brisson, M.-J. 1760. Ornithologie ou méthode contenant la Division des oiseaux en Ordres, Sectiones, Genres, Espèces & leurs Variétés. Paris : J.-B. Bauche Vol. V pp. 298-310.
• Brockway, B.F. 1962. The effects of nest-entrance positions and male vocalizations on reproduction in Budgerigars. Living Bird 1: 93-101 [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B [Appendix B]]
• Brockway, B.F. 1964. Ethological studies of the Budgerigar: non-reproductive behaviour. Behaviour 22: 193-222 [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]
• Brockway, B.F. 1964. Ethological studies of the Budgerigar: reproductive behaviour. Behaviour 23: 294-324
• Brockway, B.F. 1964. Social influences on reproductive physiology and ethology of Budgerigars (Melopsittacus undulatus). Animal Behaviour 12: 493-501 [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B]
• Brockway, B.F. 1965. Stimulation of ovarian development and egg laying by male courtship vocalisation in Budgerigars (Melopsittacus undulatus). Animal Behaviour 13: 575-578 [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]
• Brockway, B.F. 1968. Influences of sex hormones on the loud and soft warbles of male Budgerigars. Animal Behaviour 16: 5-12
• Brooke, R.K. 1970. Taxonomic and evolutionary notes on the subfamilies, tribes, genera and subgenera of the swifts (Aves: Apodidae). Durban Museum Novitates 9: 13-24
• Brooke, R.K. 1971. Geographical variation in the Little Swift Apus affinis (Aves: Apodidae). Durban Museum Novitates 9: 93-103
• Brooke, R.K. 1972. Generic limits in old world Apodidae and Hirundinidae. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 92: 53-57
• Brooker, L.C., Brooker, M.G. & Brooker, A.M.H. 1990. An alternative population-genetics model for the evolution of egg mimesis and egg crypsis in cuckoos. Journal of Theoretical Biology 146: 123-143
• Brooker, M. 1973. Port Lincoln Parrots feeding on moth larvae. The Emu 73: 27-28
• Brooker, M. & Brooker, L. 1986. Identification and development of the nestling cuckoos, Chrysococcyx basalis and C. lucidus plagosus, in Western Australia. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 197-202 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. (cf. Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240))]
• Brooker, M. & Estbergs, A.J. 1976. A survey of terrestrial vertebrates in the Carnarvon region, West Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 13: 160-170
• Brooker, M., Ridpath, M.G., Estbergs, A.J., Bywater, J., Hart, D.S. & Jones, M.S. 1979. Bird observations on the northwestern Nullabor Plain and neighbouring regions, 1967–1978. The Emu 79: 176-190
• Brooker, M.G. & Brooker, L.C. 1989. Cuckoo hosts in Australia. Australian Zoological Reviews 2: 1-67
• Brooker, M.G. & Brooker, L.C. 1989. The comparative breeding behaviour of two sympatric cuckoos, Horsfield's Bronze-Cuckoo Chrysococcyx basalis and the Shining Bronze-Cuckoo C. lucidus, in Western Australia: a new model for the evolution of egg morphology and host specificity in avian brood parasites. Ibis 131: 528-547 [Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1833–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Brooker, M.G., Brooker, L.C. & Rowley, I. 1988. Egg deposition by the bronze-cuckoos Chrysococcyx basalis and Ch. lucidus. The Emu 88: 107-109
• Brookes, J. 1830. A Descriptive and Historical Catalogue of the remainder of the Anatomical and Zoological Museum of Joshua Brookes, Esq., F.R.S. London : J. Brookes Pt II pp.
• Brown, P. 1776. Nouvelles Illustrations de Zoologie, contenant cinquante planches enluminées d'Oiseaux curieux, et qui non etés jamais descrits, et quelques de Quadrupeds, de Reptiles et d'Insects, avec de courtes Descriptions systematiques. London : B. White 136 pp. 50 pls. [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]
• Brown, P. 1977. The Green Rosella Platycercus caledonicus. Aviculture Magazine 83: 142-145
• Brown, P.B. 1979. The status of parrot species in western Tasmania. Tasmanian Bird Report 9: 4-12
• Brown, P.B. & Wilson, R.I. 1980. A survey of the Orange-bellied Parrot Neophema chrysogaster in Tasmania, Victoria & South Australia. A Report for World Wildlife Fund (Australia). Hobart : National Parks and Wildlife Service Tasmania 65 pp.
• Bruce, M.D. 1976. Earliest record of the Torres Strait Pigeon Ducula spilorrhoa from Lord Howe Island, with comments on the subspecies melvillensis. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 96: 97-99
• Bruce, M.D. 1989. A reappraisal of species limits in the Pied Imperial Pigeon Ducula bicolor (Scopoli, 1786) superspecies. Rivista Italiana Ornitologia, Milano 59: 217-222
• Bruch, C.F. 1853. Monographische uebersicht der Gattung Larus Lin. Journal of Ornithology 2: 96-108
• Bruch, C.F. 1855. [Title unknown]. Journal of Ornithology
• Brush, A.H. & Witt, H.H. 1983. Intraordinal relationships of the Pelecaniformes and Cuculiformes: electrophoresis of feather keratins. Ibis 125: 181-199
• Buffon, G.L. 1783. Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux. Paris : l'Imprimerie Royale Vol. VII xii 435 pp. 142 pls.
• Buffon, G.L. 1786. Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux. Paris : l'Imprimerie Royale Vol. I–X. [published between 1770–1786]
• Buller, W. 1869. On some new species of New Zealand birds. Ibis 1869: 37-43
• Buller, W.L. 1882. Manual of the Birds of New Zealand. Wellington : Govt. Printer xii 107 pp. 38 pls.
• Buller, W.L. 1896. [title]. Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute 28
• Buller, W.L. 1905. A history of the birds of New Zealand. Supplement. London : W.L. Buller Vol. i.
• Burbidge, A. 1985. The Regent Parrot. A report on the breeding distribution and habitat requirements along the Murray River in south-eastern Australia. Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service Report Series n. 4 xii 36 pp.
• Burmeister, C.H.C. 1837. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte zum Gebrauch bei Vorlesungen. II. Zoologie. Berlin 858 pp.
• Burrell, H. 1914. Owlet-nightjar nestlings. The Emu 13: 216-217
• Burton, E. 1838. Catalogue of the Collection of Mammals and Birds at Fort Pitt, Chatham. Chatham.
• Burton, J.A. (ed.) 1973. Owls of the World. Their evolution, structure and ecology. London : Peter Lowe (Eurobook Ltd) 216 pp.
• Burton, P.J.K. 1978. The basisphenoid notch of kingfishers. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 98: 68-74
• Burton, P.J.K. 1984. Anatomy and evolution of the feeding apparatus in the avian orders Coraciiformes and Piciformes. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) Zoology 47: 331-443
• Buturlin, S.A. 1934. Polnyi Opredelitel Ptits S.S.S.R. Leningrad : Moskva Vol. 1 255 pp.
• Bühler, P. 1970. Schädelmorphologie und kiefermechanik der Caprimulgidae (Aves). Zeitschrift für Morphologie der Tiere 66: 337-399
• Cabanis, J. 1847. Ornithologische Notizen. Archiv für Naturgeschichte 13
• Cabanis, J. & Heine, F. 1851. Museum Heineanum. Verzeichniss der ornithologischen Sammlung des Oberamtmann Ferdinand Heine auf Gut St. Burchard vor Halberstadt. Halberstadt : R. Frantz Vol. 1. [dated 1850]
• Cabanis, J. & Heine, F. 1860. Museum Heineanum. Verzeichniss der ornithologischen Sammlung des Oberamtmann Ferdinand Heine auf Gut St. Burchard vor Halberstadt. Halberstadt : R. Frantz Part 2 175 pp. [publication dated 1859-1860 Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Cabanis, J. & Heine, F. 1863. Museum Heineanum. Verzeichniss der ornithologischen Sammlung des Oberamtmann Ferdinand Heine auf Gut St. Burchard vor Halberstadt. Halberstadt : R. Frantz Part 4 (1) 229 pp. [publication dated as 1862–1863]
• Cabanis, J.L. 1850. Museum Heineanum / Verzeichniss der Ornithologischen Sammlung des ... F. Heine ; Systematisch bearbeitet von ... J. Cabanis (and F. Heine). Halberstadt Vol. 1.
• Cabanis, J.L. 1857. [Title] No. 24. Journal of Ornithology 4
• Cade, T.J. & Dybas, J.A. 1962. Water economy of the Budgerygah. Auk 79: 345-364
• Cadow, G. 1933. Magen und darm der Fruchttauben. Journal of Ornithology 81: 236-252
• Cain, A.J. 1954. Subdivisions of the genus Ptilinopus (Aves: Columbae). Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) Zool. 2: 267-284
• Cain, A.J. 1955. A revision of Trichoglossus haematodus and of the Australian platycercine parrots. Ibis 97: 432-479
• Calaby, J.H. 1958. Recent observations on the Naretha Parrot. Western Australian Naturalist 6: 153-154 [Mathews, G.M. 1927. Systema Avium Australasianarum. A systematic list of the birds of the Australasian region. London : British Ornithologists' Union Pt 1 iv 426 pp. (cf. Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.)]
• Callaghan, D. & Harshman, J. 2005. Chapter 2. Taxonomy and systematics. 14-26 pp. in Kear, J. (ed.). Ducks, Geese and Swans. Oxford : Oxford University Press Edn 1, 908 pp.
• Calver, M.C., Saunders, D.A. & Porter, B.D. 1987. The diet of nesting Rainbow Bee-eaters, Merops ornatus, on Rottnest Island, Western Australia, and observations on a non-destructive method of diet analysis. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 541-550
• Cameron, A.C. 1968. Feeding habits of the Spine-tailed Swift. The Emu 68: 217-219
• Campbell, A.G. 1906. Report on the birds of Kangaroo Island: a comparison with mainland forms. The Emu 5(3): 139-145 [Date published Jan 1906]
• Campbell, A.G. 1922. New sub-species of Tit-Warblers (Acanthizae). The Emu 22(1): 63-66 [Date published 1 Jul 1922]
• Campbell, A.G. 1925. Thornbills of the Genus Geobasileus. The Emu 25(2): 57-68 [Date published Oct 1925]
• Campbell, A.J. 1895. Notes on a new species of Arses or Flycatcher. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 2 7: 25-26 [Date published Jan 1895]
• Campbell, A.J. 1895. The Gymnorhinae or Australian Magpies, with a description of a New Species. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 2 7: 202-213 [Date published Jan 1895]
• Campbell, A.J. 1898. Notes on the Fan-tailed Cuckoo. Victorian Naturalist 14: 100-104
• Campbell, A.J. 1898. Notes on the Narrow-billed Bronze Cuckoo. Victorian Naturalist 14: 151-153 [Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240)]
• Campbell, A.J. 1898. Notes on the Pallid Cuckoo. Victorian Naturalist 14: 58-62
• Campbell, A.J. 1898. Notes on the Square-tailed Cuckoo. Victorian Naturalist 15: 18-20
• Campbell, A.J. 1899. Descriptions of three new Australian birds. Victorian Naturalist 16(1): 3-4 [Date published May 1899]
• Campbell, A.J. 1899. Provisional description of a new Emu-Wren. Victorian Naturalist 15(9): 116 [Date published Jan 1899]
• Campbell, A.J. 1901. Description of a new Wren or Malurus. Victorian Naturalist 17(12): 203-204 [Date published 4 Apr 1901]
• Campbell, A.J. 1901. Nests and Eggs of Australian Birds including the geographical distribution of the species and popular observations thereon. Sheffield : A.J. Campbell Vol. 2 525-1102 pp.
• Campbell, A.J. 1901. Nests and Eggs of Australian Birds including the geographical distribution of the species and popular observations thereon. Sheffield : A.J. Campbell Vol. 1 xl + 1-548 pp.
• Campbell, A.J. 1901. On a new species of Blue Wren from King Island, Bass Strait. Ibis 8 1: 10-11 [Date published Jan 1901]
• Campbell, A.J. 1901. Stray feathers. The Emu 1: 25-26
• Campbell, A.J. 1902. Description of a new Microeca from Northern Australia. The Emu 2(2): 85 [Date published 1 Oct 1902]
• Campbell, A.J. 1902. Notes on certain Maluri, with a description of a new species. The Emu 1(2): 65-67 [Date published Jan 1902]
• Campbell, A.J. 1903. Description of a new Acanthiza. The Emu 2(4): 202-203 [Date published Apr 1903: Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B [publication dated as from preface, 12 June 1919 given in Appendix B] (Appendix B) Sherborn, C.D. & Woodward, B.B. 1901. Notes on the dates of publication of the natural history portions of some French voyages - Part 1. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 7: 388–392 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]]
• Campbell, A.J. 1904. Remarks on certain Melithrepti. The Emu 4: 70-71 [Date published 1 Oct 1904]
• Campbell, A.J. 1906. New fruit-pigeon. The Emu 5: 155
• Campbell, A.J. 1908. Description of a New Emu-Wren. The Emu 8: 34-35 [Date published 1 Jul 1908]
• Campbell, A.J. 1909. Annotations. The Emu 8: 142-148 [Date published 1 Jan 1909]
• Campbell, A.J. 1910. Exhibits — New Species. The Emu 10: 167-169 [Date published 1 Dec 1910]
• Campbell, A.J. 1910. Western Australian Birds. The Emu 9(3): 165-166 [Date published Jan 1910]
• Campbell, A.J. 1911. Annotations. The Emu 10: 337-339
• Campbell, A.J. 1912. Annotations. The Emu 11: 245-248 [Date published 1 Apr 1912]
• Campbell, A.J. 1912. New birds for Australia. Royal Australasian Ornithologists' Union Bulletin 3: 1-2 [Date published 21 May 1912]
• Campbell, A.J. 1912. Western Emu-Wren. The Emu 11(3): 222 [Date published 1 Jan 1912]
• Campbell, A.J. 1913. New Yellow Robin. The Emu 12: 191 [Date published 1 Jan 1913]
• Campbell, A.J. 1919. Notes on birds from the Gouldian-Gilbert Type-locality, North Australia. The Emu 18(3): 172-188 [Date published 1 Jan 1919]
• Campbell, A.J. 1922. Clinclosoma alisteri (Mathews) Black-throated Ground-Bird. The Emu 21(3): 161-162 [Date published 1 Jan 1922]
• Campbell, A.J. & Campbell, A.G. 1927. New species of Field-Wren. The Emu 27: 80 [Date published 1 Oct 1927]
• Campbell, A.J. & Campbell, A.G. 1928. Discovery of the Winiam Field-Wren (Calamanthus Winiam). The Emu 27(4): 223-224 [Date published 1 Apr 1928]
• Campbell, A.J. & Kershaw, J.A. 1913. Notes on a small collection of bird-skins from the Northern Territory. The Emu 12: 274-276 [Date published 1 Apr 1913]
• Campbell, A.J. & White, S.A. 1910. Birds identified on the Capricorn Group during expedition of R.A.O.U., 8th to 17th October, 1910. The Emu 10(3): 195-204 [Date published 1 Dec 1910]
• Campbell, A.J., Milligan, A.W., Legg, W.V., Mellor, J.W., Basset Hull, A.F. & Hall, R. 1913. Official Check-list of the Birds of Australia. The Emu 12(Suppl.): 1-116 [Date published Jan 1913]
• Cannon, C.E. 1979. Observations on the food and energy requirements of Rainbow Lorikeets, Trichoglossus haematodus (Aves: Psittacidae). Australian Wildlife Research 6: 337-346
• Cannon, C.E. 1981. The diet of Eastern and Pale-headed Rosellas. The Emu 81: 101-110
• Cannon, C.E. 1983. Descriptions of foraging behaviour of Eastern and Pale-headed Rosellas. Bird Behaviour 4: 63-70
• Cannon, C.E. 1984. Flock size of feeding Eastern and Pale-headed Rosellas (Aves: Psittaciformes). Australian Wildlife Research 11: 349-355
• Cannon, C.E. 1984. Movements of lorikeets with an artificially supplemented diet. Australian Wildlife Research 11: 173-179
• Cannon, C.E. 1984. Rosellas, Platycercus spp., and their hybrids in the eastern Queensland - New South Wales border region. The Australian Zoologist 21: 175-183
• Cannon, C.E. 1984. The diet of lorikeets Trichoglossus spp. in the Queensland - New South Wales border region. The Emu 84: 16-22
• Carnaby, I.C. 1948. Variation in the White-tailed Black Cockatoo. Western Australian Naturalist 1: 136-138 [For publication date Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Carruthers, R.K. 1975. Banding and observations of Rainbow Bee-eaters. Australian Bird Bander 13: 71-74
• Carter, M. 2006. Canada Goose Branta canadensis: First Australian mainland occurence. Australian Field Ornithology 23: 15-19
• Carter, M.J. 1969. Dusk ascent of Fork-tailed Swifts. Australian Bird Watcher 3: 168-171
• Carter, T 1917. The birds of Dirk Hartog Island and Peron Peninsula, Shark Bay, Western Australia 1916–17. With Nomenclature and Remarks by Gregory M. Mathews, M.B.O.U. Ibis 10 5(4): 564-611 [Date published Oct 1917]
• Carter, T. 1908. Description of a supposed new Grass-Wren. Victorian Naturalist 25(5): 86-87 [Date published 10 Sep 1908]
• Carter, T. 1912. Notes on Licmetis pastinator (Western Long-billed Cockatoo). Ibis 9 6: 627-634
• Carter, T. 1916. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 37: 6-7
• Carter, T. & Mathews, G.M. 1920. On a new species of Bower-bird. Ibis 11 2: 499 [Date published 9 Apr 1920]
• Castelnau, Le Comte de & Ramsay, E.P. 1877. Notes of a Collection of Birds from the Norman River, Gulf of Carpentaria, with descriptions of some new species. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1: 379-386 [Date published Mar 1877]
• Cayley, N.W. 1926. A new Australian Finch. The Scaly-chested Finch, Donacola lepidothorax. The Emu 25(3): 133 [Date published 11 Feb 1926]
• Cayley, N.W. 1929. The status of certain species of the genus Ninox, and a description of two new species of that genus. The Emu 28: 161-164 [publication date Mathews, G.M. 1920. Dates of ornithological works. Austral Avian Records 4: 1–27 Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Cayley, N.W. 1931. What Bird is That? A Guide to the Birds of Australia. Sydney : Angus & Robertson xix 315 pp. XXXVI pls.
• Chaffer, N. & Miller, G. 1946. The Turquoise Parrot near Sydney. The Emu 46: 161-167
• Chapman, F.M. 1894. On the birds of the island of Trinidad. Auk 1(1): 1-86
• Chasen, F.N. 1933. Notes on the Birds of Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Bulletin of the Raffles Museum 8: 58-61
• Checklist Committee, Ornithological Society of New Zealand, Inc. 1990. Checklist of the Birds of New Zealand and the Ross Dependency, Antarctica. Auckland : Random Century xv 247 pp.
• Chenu, J.C. & Des Murs, O. 1853. Oiseaux. Encyclopédie d'Historie Naturelle. Paris : Marescq & Compagnie.
• Chisholm, A.H. 1921. A new Menura: Prince Edward's Lyre-bird. The Emu 20: 221-223 [Date published 1 Apr 1921]
• Chisholm, A.H. 1922. The 'Lost' Paradise Parrot. The Emu 22: 4-17
• Chisholm, A.H. 1924. Seeking Rare Parrots. The Emu 24: 25-32
• Chisholm, A.H. 1932. The White-tailed Kingfisher. The Emu 32: 81-83 pl. 13
• Chisholm, A.H. 1945. Birds of the Gilbert diary, Part 2. The Emu 44: 183-200
• Christensen, P. 1971. The Purple-crowned Lorikeet and eucalypt pollination. Australian Forestry 35: 263-270
• Christensen, V. 1954. Dates of arrival of three bird species. The Emu 54: 72-73
• Christian, P.D., Christidis, L. & Schodde, R. 1992. [title]. Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 225-233
• Christidis, L. 1990. Chordata 3B. Aves. Animal Cytogenetics 4. Berlin : Gebrüder Borntraeger 116 pp.
• Christidis, L. & Boles, W.E. 1994. The Taxonomy and Species of Birds of Australia and its Territories. Monograph 2. Melbourne : Royal Australasian Ornithologists Union iv 112 pp.
• Christidis, L. & Boles, W.E. 2008. Systematics and Taxonomy of Australian Birds. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing 288 pp.
• Christidis, L. & Schodde, R. 1991. Relationships of Australo-Papuan songbirds-protein evidence. Ibis 133: 277-285
• Christidis, L., Horton, P. & Norman, J.A. 2008. Subspeciation in the Short-tailed Grasswren (Amytornis merrotsyi, Maluridae). The Emu 108: 275-282
• Christidis, L., Schodde, R., Shaw, D.D. & Maynes, S.F. 1991. Relationships among the Australo-Papuan parrots, lorikeets, and cockatoos (Aves: Psittaciformes): protein evidence. Condor 93: 302-317
• Christidis, L., Shaw, D.D. & Schodde, R. 1991b. Chromosomal evolution in parrots, lorikeets and cockatoos (Aves: Psittaciformes). Hereditas (Lund) 114: 47-56
• Churchill, D.M. & Christensen, P. 1970. Observations on pollen harvesting by brush-tongued lorikeets. Australian Journal of Zoology 18: 427-437
• Clancey, P.A. 1940. Notes on some Birds from Scotland. Ibis 14 4(1): 91-99 [Date published 1Jan 1940]
• Clancy, G. 1980. Azure Kingfisher Display. Australian Birds 14: 56
• Clancy, G.P. 1977. Boobook Owls in the Sydney District. Australian Birds 12: 12-13 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]]
• Clancy, G.P. 1980. White-rumped Swiftlet at Iluka, New South Wales. Australian Birds 15: 4
• Clark, A.H. 1910. A new name for Psephotus multicolor. Auk 27: 80
• Clark, H.L. 1901. The pterylosis of Podargus: with notes on the pterylography of the Caprimulgi. Auk 18: 167-171
• Clark, H.L. 1906. The feather tracts of swifts and humming birds. Auk 23: 68-91
• Clark, R.J., Smith, D.G. & Kelso, L.H. 1978. Working Bibliography of Owls of the World, with summaries of current taxonomy and distributional status. Washington, D.C. : Raptor Information Center, National Wildlife Federation Scientific/Technical Series Vol. 1 319 pp.
• Clayton, M., Wombey, J.C., Mason, I.J., Chesser, R.T. & Wells, A. 2005. CSIRO List of Australian Vertebrates: A Reference with Conservation Status. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing iv 162 pp.
• Clayton, M., Wombey, J.C., Mason, I.J., Chesser, R.T. & Wells, A. 2006. CSIRO List of Australian Vertebrates: A Reference with Conservation Status. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing iv 162 pp.
• Cleland, J.B. 1918. The food of Australian birds. An investigation into the character of the stomach and crop contents. N.S.W. Dept. Agri. Sci. Bull. No. 15 112 pp.
• Cleland, J.B. & Sims, E.B. 1968. Food of the Glossy Black Cockatoo. South Australian Ornithologist 25: 47
• Clout, M. 1989. Foraging behaviour of Glossy Black-Cockatoos. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 467-473 [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Coates, B.J. 1985. The Birds of Papua New Guinea, including the Bismarck Archipelago and Bougainville. Non-Passerines. Alderley, Qld : Dove Publications Vol. 1 464 pp. 493 pls.
• Coates, B.J. 1990. The Birds of Papua New Guinea including the Bismarck Archipelago and Bougainville. Alderley : Dove Publications.
• Cole, C.F. 1913. Description of a new Sericornis. The Emu 13(2): 74-75 [Date published 1 Oct 1913]
• Cole, C.F. 1919. Notes upon the food of the Yellow Parrot (Platycercus flaveolus). The Emu 18: 272-285
• Coleman, E. 1946. Foods of the Tawny Frogmouth. Victorian Naturalist 63: 111-115
• Coleman, E. 1946. Voices of the Frogmouth and his Nightjar relations. Victorian Naturalist 63: 123-125
• Collett, R. 1898. On some pigeons and parrots from north and north-west Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1898: 353-357
• Collins, C.T. & Brooke, R.K. 1976. A review of the swifts of the genus Hirundapus (Aves: Apodidae). Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History Contributions in Science 282: 1-22
• Condon, H.T. 1941. The Australian broadtailed parrots (subfamily Platycercinae). Records of the South Australian Museum 7: 117-144
• Condon, H.T. 1942. The Ground Parrot (Pezoporus wallicus) in South Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 16: 4-7
• Condon, H.T. 1951. Notes on the birds of South Australia: occurrence, distribution and taxonomy. South Australian Ornithologist 20: 26-68
• Condon, H.T. 1962. Australian quail-thrushes of the genus Cinclosoma. Records of the South Australian Museum 14: 337-370
• Condon, H.T. 1966. The Western Whipbird. Preliminary notes on the discovery of a new subspecies on southern Yorke Peninsula, South Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 24(5): 79-92 [Date published Mar 1966]
• Condon, H.T. 1968. A Handlist of the Birds of South Australia. 2nd Edn revised and enlarged. Adelaide : South Australian Ornithol. Assoc. 141 pp.
• Condon, H.T. 1969. A Handlist of the Birds of South Australia. Adelaide : South Australian Ornithologists Association 141 pp. [Date published 7/1/1969]
• Condon, H.T. 1969. A new subspecies of the Western Grass-wren, Amytornis textilis (Dumont) in north-western Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 15(3): 205-206 [Date published 28 May 1969]
• Condon, H.T. 1975. Checklist of the Birds of Australia. Part 1 Non-Passerines. Melbourne : Royal Australasian Ornithologists Union xx 311 pp.
• Condon, H.T. 1976. Vertebrate type-specimens in the South Australian Museum IV. Birds. Records of the South Australian Museum 17: 189-193
• Cook, J. 1773. An Account of the Voyages under taken by the Order of his present Majesty for Making Discoveries in the Southern Hemisphere and successively performed by Commodore Byron, Captain Wallis, Captain Carteret and Captain Cook. London : J. Hawkesworth 2 p. 18 pp. [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440 Mathews, G.M. 1914. Note on Platycercus (haematogaster), Gould. South Australian Ornithologist 1(2): 15–17]
• Cooper, R.P. 1962. A revision of the distribution of the Brown Pigeon. The Emu 61: 253-269
• Corben, C., Roberts, G. & Smyth, A. 1982. Roosting of a White-throated Needletail. Sunbird 12: 47-48
• Corbin, K.W. 1968. Taxonomic relationships of some Columba species. Condor 70: 1-13
• Corfe, B. 1977. A sighting of the fig-parrot in south-east Queensland. Sunbird 8: 44
• Cornell, C. 1974. The Journal of Post Captain Nicolas Baudin Commander-in-Chief of the Corvettes Geographe and Naturaliste. Adelaide : Library Board of South Australia 468 pp. [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Cotton, J. 1848. List of birds which frequent the upper portion of the River Goulburn in the district of Port Phillip, New South Wales. Tasmanian Journal of Natural Science 3(5): 361-365 [Date published Jul 1848]
• Coues, E 1882. The Coues check list of North American birds. Boston : Estes & Lauriat 165 pp.
• Coues, E. 1861. [Title]. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 13: 190
• Coues, E. 1891. Scenopoetes dentirostris. Auk 8: 115 [Date published Jan 1891]
• Courtney, J. 1966. A little-known feeding habit of the Red-backed Parrot. The Emu 66: 72-73
• Courtney, J. 1967. Observations on hybridism among rosellas in the natural state. The Emu 67: 152-154
• Courtney, J. 1971. Breeding of the Rainbowbird at Swan Vale, NSW. The Emu 71: 172-173
• Courtney, J. 1971. Breeding of the Red-rumped Kingfisher at Swan Vale, NSW. The Emu 71: 174-175
• Courtney, J. 1974. Comments on the taxonomic position of the Cockatiel. The Emu 74: 97-102
• Courtney, J. 1986. Age-related colour changes and behaviour in the northern Funereal Black-Cockatoo, Calyptorhynchus funereus funereus. Bird Watcher 11: 137-145
• Courtney, J. 1986. Plumage development and breeding biology of the Glossy Black-Cockatoo Calyptorhynchus lathami. Australian Bird Watcher 11: 261-273
• Courtney, J. 1993. Comments on the taxonomic position of the Galah Cacatua roseicapilla. Australian Bird Watcher 15: 60-67
• Coventry, P. 1989. Comments on airborne sightings of White-throated Needletails. Australian Bird Watcher 13: 36-37
• Cowles, G.S. 1964. A new Australian babbler. The Emu 64(1): 1-5 [Date published Oct 1964]
• Coyle, P. 1988. Rainbow Lorikeets (Trichoglossus haematodus) released on Rottnest Island in 1960. Western Australian Naturalist 17: 109-110
• Cracraft, J. 1971. The relationships and evolution of the rollers: families Coraciidae, Brachypteraciidae, and Leptosomatidae. Auk 88: 723-752
• Cracraft, J. 1986. Origin and evolution of continental biotas: speciation and historical congruence within the Australian avifauna. Evolution 40: 977-996
• Cramp, S. (ed.) 1985. Handbook of the Birds of Europe, the Middle East and North Africa. The Birds of the Western Palaearctic. Oxford : Oxford University Press Vol. 4 960 pp. 98 pls.
• Crawford, D.N. 1972. Birds of Darwin area, with some records from other parts of Northern Territory. The Emu 72: 131-148
• Crawford, M. 1981. Superb Fruit-Dove at Pennant Hills, Sydney. Australian Birds 16: 25-26
• Cretzschmar, PJ 1827. Atlas zu der reise im nördlichen Afrika, von Eduard Rüppell. 1. Abth. Zoologie. Hrsg. von der Senkenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft. 5 volumes. Frankfurt am Main : Gedruckt und in commission bei H. L. Brönner.
• Crome, F.H.J. 1975. Breeding, feeding and status of the Torres Strait Pigeon at Low Isles, north-eastern Queensland. The Emu 75: 189-198
• Crome, F.H.J. 1975. Notes on the breeding of the Purple-crowned Pigeon. The Emu 75: 172-174
• Crome, F.H.J. 1975. The ecology of fruit pigeons in tropical northern Queensland. Australian Wildlife Research 2: 155-185
• Crome, F.H.J. 1976. Breeding, moult and food of the Squatter Pigeon in north-eastern Queensland. Australian Wildlife Research 3: 45-59
• Crome, F.H.J. & Johnstone, R.E. 1979. Geographical variation in the Australian Rock Pigeons. Records of the Western Australian Museum 8: 117-133
• Crome, F.H.J., Carpenter, S.M. & Frith, H.J. 1980. Geographic variation and taxonomy of the Spinifex Pigeon, Geophaps plumifera. Australian Journal of Zoology 28: 135-150
• Crouther, M.M. 1983. Observations on White-rumped Swiftlets breeding at Finch Hatton Gorge 1981–82. Australian Bird Watcher 10: 1-11
• Crouther, M.M. 1985. Some breeding records of the Common Koel Eudynamys scolopacea. Australian Bird Watcher 11: 49-56
• Crouther, M.M. & Crouther, M.J. 1984. Observations on the breeding of figbirds and Common Koels. Corella 8: 89-92
• Cues, E. 1861. Notes on the Ornithology of Labrador. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 1861: 215-257
• Cuvier, G.L. 1816. Le Régne Animal distribué d'après son organisation, pour servir de base à l'histoire naturelle des animaux et d'introduction à l'anatomie comparée. L'Introduction, les Mammiéres et les Oiseaux. Paris : Déterville Vol. 1 xxxvii 540 pp.
• Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D. 1800. Leçons d'anatomie comparée … de G. Cuvier; recueillies et publiées sous ses yeux par C. Duméril. Paris : Baudouin.
• Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D. 1830. Le Régne Animal distribué d'aprés son organisation Edn 2. Paris : Déterville Vol. 3 162-170 pp.
• Cuvier, L.G.C. 1829. Le Règne Animal, distribué d'après son organisation, pour servir de base à l'histoire naturelle, des animaux et d'introduction à l'anatomie comparée. Paris : Déterville Vol. 4 584 pp.
• D'Ombrain, E.A. 1933. Notes on the Great Black Palm Cockatoo. The Emu 33: 114-121
• Daubenton, E.L. 1781. Planches Enluminées d'Histoire Naturelle. In Buffon, G.L. (1770–1786). Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux. Paris : l'Imprimerie Royale Vols I–X. [published between as 1765-1781 Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Daudin, F.M. 1800. Traite elementaire et complet d'Ornithologie. Paris Vol. 2.
• David, N. & Gosselin, M. 2002. Gender agreement of avian species names. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 122(1): 14-49
• David, N. & Gosselin, M. 2002. The grammatical gender of avian genera. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 122(4): 257-282
• Davies, J. 1982. Daylight landings of White-throated Needletails. Bird Observer (Australia) 609: 76
• Davies, T. 1802. Description of Menura superba, a bird of New South Wales. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 6: 207-210 [Date published 5 June 1802]
• Davis, L.I. 1978. Acoustic evidence of relationships in Caprimulginae. Pan American Studies 1: 22-57
• Davis, L.I. 1979. Review of recent literature and tape discussions of nightjars. Pan American Studies 2: 20-35
• Dawson, W.R. & Fisher, C.D. 1969. Responses to temperature by the Spotted Nightjar (Eurostopodus guttatus). Condor 71: 49-53
• De Vis, C.W. 1883. Description of two new birds of Queensland. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1 7(4): 561-563 [Date published Apr 1883]
• De Vis, C.W. 1884. Notes on the fauna of the Gulf of Carpentaria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 1: 154-160
• De Vis, C.W. 1887. On new or rare vertebrates from the Herbert River, N Queensland. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 1: 1129-1137 [publication dated as 1886]
• De Vis, C.W. 1889. Colluricincla sibila sp. nov. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 5(5): 161-162
• De Vis, C.W. 1889. A new bird. The Queenslander. 600 pp.
• De Vis, C.W. 1889. Annual report of the Curator to the Trustees of the Queensland Museum. In 'Queensland Museum'. Queensland Parliamentary Papers C.A. 17-1889. Government Printer: Brisbane. 11pp. 1-2 pp.
• De Vis, C.W. 1889. Description of a new Acanthiza from Herberton. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 6: 248-249
• De Vis, C.W. 1889. Descriptions of new birds from Herberton. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 6: 242-244
• De Vis, C.W. 1889. Descriptions of two new vertebrates in Mr. Saville-Kent's collection. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 6: 237-239
• De Vis, C.W. 1895. Description of a fly-catcher, presumably new. Abstracts of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1895: 1 [Date published 25 Sep 1895]
• De Vis, C.W. 1897. Diagnoses of thirty-six new or little-known birds from British New Guinea. Ibis 7 3(11): 371-392 [Date published Jul 1897]
• De Vis, C.W. 1905. Ornithological. Annals of the Queensland Museum 6: 41-45 [Date published Sep 1905]
• De Vis, C.W., as "Thickthorn". 1880. The Naturalist - The Wonga Wonga. Queenslander 7 August 1880: 172. [for identity of "Thickhorn", see Ingram, G. 1986. "Thickthorn" and his birds. Sunbird 16: 25–32]
• Degen, E.J.J. 1904. Remarks on new species of Australian Magpies, G. longirostris Milligan, and G. dorsalis Campbell, with reflections on the revision of the Genus Gymnorhinae Hall. The Emu 3(4): 201-207 [Date published 2 Apr 1904]
• Degland, C-D. 1849. Ornithologie européenne; ou, Catalogue analytique et raisonné des oiseaux observés en Europe. Paris : Librairie Encyclopédique de Roret.
• Deignan, H.G. 1950. A tentative revision of the Australian races of the Grey-crowned Babbler, Pomatostomus temporalis (Vigors & Horsfield), with descriptions of two new subspecies. The Emu 50: 17-21 [Date published Jul 1950]
• Deignan, H.G. 1950. Notes on some forms of the genus Chalcites Lesson. The Emu 49: 167-168
• Deignan, H.G. 1950. Two new races of the Spotted Nightjar, Eurostopodus guttatus (Vigors & Horsfield). The Emu 50: 21-23
• Deignan, H.G. 1951. A new frogmouth from Groote Eylandt, Gulf of Carpentaria. The Emu 51: 71-73
• Deignan, H.G. 1956. Eastern races of the White-rumped Swift, Apus pacificus (Latham). Bulletin of the Raffles Museum 27: 147-148
• Deignan, H.G. 1964. Birds of the Arnhem Land Expedition. pp. 345-425 in Specht, R.L. (ed.). Records of the American-Australian Scientific Expedition to Arnhem Land. Zoology. Parkville : Melbourne University Press Vol. 4 xvii 533 pp.
• Dekker, R.W.R.J., Dickinson, E.C. & Morioka, H. 2001. Systematic notes on Asian birds. 18. Some nomenclatural issues relating to Japanese taxa described in the Planches Coloriées (1820-1839) and Fauna Japonica, Aves (1844-1850). Zoologische Verhandelingen (Leiden) 335: 199-214
• Delacour, J. 1951. Commentaires, modifications et additions à la liste des oiseaux de l'Indochine française (II). Oiseau Revue Français d'Ornithologie 21: 1-32, 80-119
• Delacour, J. 1951. The significance of the number of toes in some woodpeckers and kingfishers. Auk 68: 49-51
• Deleuze, J.P.F. 1823. Histoire et description du Museìum d'histoire naturelle. Paris : Royer Vol. 2. [Date published 28 Jun 1823]
• Dell, J. 1978. Torres Strait Pigeon breeding in Kimberley, WA. The Emu 78: 43 [Mathews, G.M. 1927. Systema Avium Australasianarum. A systematic list of the birds of the Australasian region. London : British Ornithologists' Union Pt 1 iv 426 pp.]
• Des Murs, M.A.F.O. 1845. Notice sur l'espèce de Passereau nommée Poephila mirabilis dans l'Atlas du Voyage au Pole Sud et dans l'océanie, pl. 22, Oiseaux. 8th Year. Revue de Zoologie, Paris 1845: 447-448 [Date published Dec 1845]
• Des Murs, M.A.F.O. 1845. Notice sur le genre Pedionome Pedionomus (Gould). 8th Year, August. Revue de Zoologie, Paris 1845: 274-277
• Des Murs, M.A.P.O. 1860. Traité général d'Oologie ornithologique au point de vue de la classification. Paris. xix 640 pp.
• Desmarest, A.G. 1826. Perroquet. In Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles dans lequel on traite méthodiquement des différens êtres de la nature, considérés soit en eux-mêmes, d'après l'état actuel de nos connoissances, soit relativement à l'utilité qu'en peuvent retirer la médecine, l'agriculture, le commerce et les arts. Suivi d'une biographie des plus célèbres naturalistes. Par plusieurs Professeurs du Jardin du Roi, et des principales Écoles de Paris. Paris : F.G. Levrault 138 pp. [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Devillers, P. 1976. Projet de Nomenclature française des Oiseaux du Monde 1. Struthionides aux Phoenicopterides. Le Gerfaut 66: 153-168
• Devillers, P. 1976–1980. Project de Nomenclature française des Oiseaux du Monde. Le Gerfaut 66: 153-168, 391-421; 67: 171-200, 337-365, 469-489; 68: 129-136, 233-240, 703-720; 70: 121-146
• Devillers, P. 1977. Projet de Nomenclature française des Oiseaux du Monde 5. Trogonides aux Picides. Le Gerfaut 67: 469-489
• Devillers, P. 1978. Projet de Nomenclature française des Oiseaux du Monde 6. Eurylaimidés aux Furnariidés. Le Gerfaut 68: 129-136
• Devillers, P. 1978. Projet de Nomenclature française des Oiseaux du Monde 7. Formicariides et Rhynocryptides. Le Gerfaut 68: 233-240
• Devillers, P. 1978. Projet de Nomenclature française des Oiseaux du Monde 8. Cotingidae aux Xenicidae. Le Gerfaut 68: 703-720
• Devillers, P. 1980. Projet de Nomenclature française des Oiseaux du Monde 9. Alaudidae aux Prunellidae. Le Gerfaut 70: 121-146
• Dickinson, E.D. (ed.) 2003. The Howard & Moore Complete Checklist of the Birds of the World. London : Christopher Helm 1039 pp.
• Dickison, D. 1928. Type locality of the Corella. The Emu 28: 82 [publication date Mathews, G.M. 1920. Dates of ornithological works. Austral Avian Records 4: 1–27 Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Dietrichsen, L. 1832. Report of proceedings of meeting of Linnean Society of London, March 20, 1832 - Description of a new species of parrot from New Holland. Philosophical Magazine and Annals of Philosophy ns 11: 387
• Dietrichsen, L. 1837. Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society of London, March 20, 1832 - Description of a new species of parrakeet from New Zealand. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 17: 553
• Diggles, S. 1867. The Ornithology of Australia. Brisbane : S. Diggles Part 12.
• Diggles, S. 1867. The Ornithology of Australia. Brisbane : S. Diggles Part 15.
• Diggles, S. 1876. Australian birds. Brisbane Courier 31(2874): 3 [Date published 5 Aug 1876]
• Diggles, S. 1876. The Ornithology of Australia. Brisbane : S. Diggles Part 19. [publication dated as 1865–1876]
• Diggles, S. 1878. Some New and Rare Species of Birds. Proceedings of the Queensland Philosophical Society 1876: 9-12
• Disney, H.J. de S. 1973. Bird in the Hand. Sacred Kingfisher Halcyon sancta. Australian Bird Bander 11: 58-60
• Disney, H.J. de S. 1992. Ageing, sexing and plumage of the Australian Koel Eudynamys cyanocephala. Corella 16: 97-103
• Disney, H.J. de S. & Smithers, C.N. 1972. The distribution of terrestrial and freshwater birds on Lord Howe Island in comparison with Norfolk Island. The Australian Zoologist 17: 1-11
• Dodd, A.P. 1913. Description of a new cuckoo. The Emu 12: 165-166
• Donnellan , S.C., Armstrong, J., Pickett, M., Milne, T., Baulderstone, J., Hollfelder, T. & Bertozzi, T. 2009. Systematic and conservation implications of mitochondrial DNA diversity in emu-wrens, Stipiturus (Aves : Maluridae). The Emu 109(2): 135-142
• Dove, H.S. 1928. The hovering trait of the Tawny Frogmouth. The Emu 28: 154
• Dow, D.D. 1972. The New Zealand Long-tailed Cuckoo: nest parasite or predator? The Emu 72: 179-180
• Draffan, R.D.W., Garnett, S.T. & Malone, S.J. 1983. Birds of the Torres Strait: an annotated list and biogeographical analysis. The Emu 83: 207-234
• Drapiez, P.A.J. 1820. Description d'une nouvelle espèce de Traquet (Saxicola Rodinogaster). Annales Generales des Sciences physiques 2: 340-342
• Dresser, H.E. 1876. On a new species of Broad-billed Sandpiper. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1876: 674
• Dresser, H.E. 1886. A Monograph of the Meropidae, or family of the Bee-eaters. London : H.E. Dresser xx 144 pp. 34 pls. [published between 1884–1886]
• Dresser, H.E. 1893. A Monograph of the Coraciidae, or family of the Rollers. Farnborough : H.E. Dresser xx 111 pp. 27 pls.
• Du Bus, V.B.L. 1835. Academie Royale des Sciences et Belles-Lettres de Bruxelles. Seance du 15 decembre. Lectures. Ornithologie.- L'Academie ordonne l'insertion dans son Bulletin de la notice suivante, contenant la Description d'un nouveau genre d'oiseau de l'ordre des eschassiers; notice qui lui a ete presentee dans sa seance du 17 janvier dernier par M.le chevalier B. Du Bus, et sur la quelle un rapport a ete lu a la seance du 7 mars. Genre Leptorhynque, - Leptorhynchus. Bulletin de la Royale Academie de Bruxelles ii
• Dubois, A.J.C. 1901. Synopsis avium: nouveua manuel d'ornithologie. Bruxelles : H. Lammertin Vol. 1.
• Dudman, T.D. & Dudman, D. 1979. Koel behaviour. Sunbird 10: 78
• Dumont, C. 1819. Engoulevent. pp. 485–504 In: Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles dans lequel on traite méthodiquement des différens êtres de la nature, considérés soit en eux-mêmes, d'après l'état actuel de nos connaissances, soit relativement à l'utilité qu'en peuvent retirer la médecine, l'agriculture, le commerce et les arts. Suivi d'une biographie des plus célèbres naturalistes. Par plusieurs Professeurs du Jardin du Roi, et des principales Écoles de Paris. Paris : F.G. Levrault. [published Aug.]
• Dumont, C.H.F. 1816. In, Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, dans lequel on traite méthodiquement des différens êtres de la nature, considérés soit en eux-mêmes, d'après l'état actuel de nos connaissances, soit relativement à l'utilité qu'en peuvent retirer la médecine, l'agriculture, le commerce et les arts. Suivi d'une biographie des plus célèbres naturalistes. Par Plusieurs Professeurs du Jardin du Roi, et des principales Écoles de Paris. Paris : F.G. Levrault 1 Suppl.
• Dumont, C.H.F. 1821. In, Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, dans lequel on traite méthodiquement des différens êtres de la nature, considérés soit en eux-mêmes, d'après l'état actuel de nos connaissances, soit relativement à l'utilité qu'en peuvent retirer la médecine, l'agriculture, le commerce et les arts. Suivi d'une biographie des plus célèbres naturalistes. Par Plusieurs Professeurs du Jardin du Roi, et des principales Écoles de Paris. Paris : F.G. Levrault. 20 pp.
• Dumont, C.H.F. 1823. In, Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, dans lequel on traite méthodiquement des différens êtres de la nature, considérés soit en eux-mêmes, d'après l'état actuel de nos connaissances, soit relativement à l'utilité qu'en peuvent retirer la médecine, l'agriculture, le commerce et les arts. Suivi d'une biographie des plus célèbres naturalistes. Par Plusieurs Professeurs du Jardin du Roi, et des principales Écoles de Paris. Paris : F.G. Levrault Vol. 29.
• Dumont, C.H.F. 1824. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, dans lequel on traite méthodiquement des différens êtres de la nature, considérés soit en eux-mêmes, d'après l'état actuel de nos connaissances, soit relativement à l'utilité qu'en peuvent retirer la médecine, l'agriculture, le commerce et les arts. Suivi d'une biographie des plus célèbres naturalistes. Par Plusieurs Professeurs du Jardin du Roi, et des principales Écoles de Paris. Paris : F.G. Levrault Vol. 30. [Date published 29 May 1824]
• Dumont-d'Urville, J. 1833. Voyage de la corvette l'Astrolabeexécuté pendant les années 1826–1829 sous le commandement de M.J. Dumont-d'Urville, Capitaine de vaisseau. Atlas. Paris : J. Tastu Oiseaux 31 pls.
• Dumont-d'Urville, J. 1853. Voyage au Pole Sud et dans l'Océanie sur les corvettes l'Astrolabe et la Zélée pendant les années 1837–1840, sous le commandement de M.J. Dumont-d'Urville Capitaine de vaisseau. Atlas, Zoologie. Paris : Gide et Cie et J. Baudry Vol. 4 422 pp. [published between 1842–1853]
• Duméril, A.M.C. 1806. Analytische Zoologie aus dem Französischen mit zusätzen von L.F. Froriep. Weimar.
• Dunn, R. 1983. Cryptic behaviour in the Wonga Pigeon. Australian Bird Watcher 10: 102-103
• Dyer, M. & Fry, C.H. 1978. The origin and role of helpers in bee-eaters. pp. 862-868 in Nöhring, R. (ed.). Acta XVII Congressus Internationalis Ornithologici. Berlin : Deutsche Ornithologen-Gesellschaft.
• Dyke, G.J., Gulas, B.E. & Crowe, T.M. 2003. Suprageneric relationships of galliform birds (Aves, Galliformes): A cladistic analysis of morphological characters. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 137: 227-244
• Eck, S. & Busse, H. 1973. Eulen Die rezenten und fossilen Formen Aves, Strigidae. Wittenberg, Lutherstadt : A. Ziemsen (Die Neue Brehm-Bücherei). 196 pp.
• Eckert, J. 1975. Range of the Bourke Parrot. South Australian Ornithologist 27: 18-19
• Edwards, G. 1758. Gleanings of Natural History, exhibiting figures of Quadrupeds, Birds, Insects, Plants, & c. Most of which have not, till now, been either Figured or Described. London : G. Edwards Part 1 xxxv 108 pp. pls 211-260.
• Edwards, G. 1764. Gleanings of Natural History, exhibiting figures of Quadrupeds, Birds, Insects, Plants, & c. Most of which have not, till now, been either Figured or Described. London : G. Edwards Part 3 vii 221-347 pp., pls 311-362.
• Edwards, G. [1743-1751] 1751. A Natural History of Uncommon Birds, and of some other rare and undescribed Animals. London : G. Edwards 4 pts 248 pp. 210 pls.
• Edwards, H.V. 1925. The Spotted Nightjar in coastal New South Wales. The Emu 25: 121
• Elliot 1872. Descriptions of two Genera of Paradiseidae. Ibis 1872: 4 pp.
• Elliot, D.G. 1870. Remarks on some lately-described Pittae, with a synopsis of the Family as now known. Ibis 2 6: 408-421 [Date published Apr 1870]
• Elliot, D.G. 1871. Review of the genus Ptiloris, Swainson. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1870: 580-584
• Elliot, D.G. 1894. A Monograph of the Pittidae, or Family of Ant-Thrushes. Pts iii & iv. New York : B. Quaritch.
• Elliot, D.G. 1895. A Monograph of the Pittidae, or Family of Ant-Thrushes. New York : B. Quaritch xxiii pp. [Date published Jan 1895]
• Elliott, A.J. 1935. Notes on the White-throated Nightjar. The Emu 35: 129-132 pls 9-11
• Elliott, A.J. 1935. Some notes on two Masked Owl nestlings. The Emu 34: 196-199
• Ellis, W.W. 1782. An Authentic Narrative of a Voyage performed by Captain Cook and Capt. Clerke in His Majesty's Ships Resolution and Discovery during the years 1776, 1777, 1778, 1779 and 1780; in search of a North-West passage between the Continents of Asia and America. Including a faithful account of all their Discoveries, and the unfortunate death of Captain Cook. 2 Vols. London.
• Emison, W.B. & Beardsell, C.M. 1985. Distribution of the Long-billed Corella in South Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 29: 197-205
• Emison, W.B. & Temby, I.D. 1987. Data exchange-weights and measurements - Long-billed Corella. Corella 11: 27
• Emison, W.B., Dugueschlin, P.B. & Temby, I.D. 1982. Management of the Long-billed Corella. pp. 248-254 in Thane Riney (ed.). Wildlife Management in the 80's. Melbourne : Graduate School of Environmental Science, Monash University 346 pp. [publication dated as 1981 Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Espinosa, R. & Cracraft, J. 1994. Molecular phylogeny of the lyrebird. (Poster Paper). XXI International Ornithological Congress. Vienna.
• Estbergs, J.A. & Braithwaite, R.W. 1985. The diet of the Rufous Owl Ninox rufa near Cooinda in the Northern Territory. The Emu 85: 202-204
• Evans, H.E. 1969. Anatomy of the Budgerigar. pp. 45-112 in Petrak, M.L. (ed.). Diseases of Cage and Aviary Birds. Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger 528 pp. [Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1833–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Ewing, T.J. 1841. A catalogue of the birds of Tasmania. Tasmanian Journal of Natural Science 1: 52-58 [no month = 31 Dec. 1841, publication dated 1842]
• Ey, A. 1984. Notes on the breeding of the Diamond Dove Geopelia cuneata. Australian Bird Watcher 10: 170
• Eyton, T.C. 1836. A history of the rarer British birds [and] A catalogue of British birds. 1v. London : Longman.
• Eyton, T.C. 1838. A Monograph on the Anatidae or Duck Tribe. London : Longman.
• Eyton, T.C. 1841. Notes on Birds. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 4 8(48): 46-47 [Date published Sep 1841]
• Falla, R.A. 1937. B.A.N.Z. Antarctic Research Expedition.1929–1931... Report Series B. Adelaide : B.A.N.Z.A.R. Expedition Committee Vol. 2 284 pp.
• Favaloro, N.J. & McEvey, A. 1968. A new species of Australian Grass-wren. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne 28: 1-9
• Feder, F.–H. 1969. Beitrag zur makroskopischen und mikroskopischen Anatomie des Verdauungsapparates beim Wellensittich. Anatomischer Anzeiger 125: 233-255
• Feduccia, A. 1977. A model for the evolution of perching birds. Systematic Zoology 26: 19-31
• Feduccia, A. & Ferree, C.E. 1978. Morphology of the bony stapes (columella) in owls: evolutionary implications. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 91: 431-438
• Feduccia, J. 1974. Morphology of the bony stapes in New and Old World suboscines: new evidence for common ancestry. Auk 91: 427-429
• Feduccia, J. 1975. Morphology of the bony stapes in the Menuridae and Acanthisittidae: evidence for oscine affinities. Wilson Bulletin 87: 418-420
• Ficken, R.W., van Tienhoven, A., Ficken, M.S. & Sibley, F.C. 1960. Effect of visual and vocal stimuli on breeding in the Budgerigar (Melopsittacus undulatus). Animal Behaviour 8: 104-106
• Filewood, L.W.C. & Peckover, W.S. 1978. Scientific names used in Birds of New Guinea and Tropical Australia Peckover & Filewood, and the Handbook of New Guinea Birds, Rand & Gilliard. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea 78/12. Konedobu : Dept. of Environment and Conservation.
• Filewood, L.W.C., Hough, K., Morris, I.C. & Peter, D.E. 1978. Helpers at the nest of the Rainbow Bee-eater. The Emu 78: 43-44 [Sherborn, C.D. & Woodward, B.B. 1901. Dates of publication of the zoological and botanical portions of some French voyages - Part II. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 8: 333–336, 491–494]
• Finsch, O. 1867. Die Papageien, monographisch bearbeitet. Leiden : E.J. Brill Vol. 1 x 561 pp., 1 pl.
• Finsch, O. 1868. Die Papageien, monographisch bearbeitet. Leiden : E.J. Brill Vol. 1 x 561 pp., Bd 2 vii 996 pp. 6 pls. [published between 1867–1868]
• Finsch, O. 1868. Die Papageien, monographisch bearbeitet. Leiden : E.J. Brill Vol. 2 vii 996 pp., 5 pls.
• Fisher, D. 1970. Geographic variation and evolution in the Australian Ringneck Parrot (Barnardius). Ph.D. Thesis. Michigan : University of Michigan.
• Fisher, M. 1978. Red-tailed Black Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus magnificus). Western Austustralian Aviculture Magazine 1978: 147-149
• Fitzinger, L.J.F.J. 1862. [Title not located]. Sitzungsberichte der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien. Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Klasse 46(1)
• Fleay, D. 1926. Habits of the Boobook Owl. The Emu 26: 97-104 [Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1833–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Fleay, D. 1936. Nesting of Tawny Frogmouths. Victorian Naturalist 52: 191-193 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Fleay, D. 1942. Barking Owl (rather than "Winking Owl") record of nesting habits. The Emu 42: 25-30
• Fleay, D. 1944. Watching the Powerful Owl. The Emu 44: 97-112
• Fleay, D. 1949. The Tasmanian Masked Owl. The Emu 48: 169-176
• Fleay, D. 1968. Nightwatchmen of Bush and Plain. Australian owls and owl-like birds. Brisbane : Jacaranda Press 163 pp.
• Fleming, A. 1974. Feeding habits of Red-rumped Parrots. Australian Bird Watcher 5: 184
• Fleming, J. 1822. Philosophy of Zoology; or a general view of the structure, functions, and classifications of animals. Edinburgh : Hurst Vol. 2 618 pp.
• Fletcher, T.I. 1965. White-throated Nightjar in Otway Ranges, Victoria. The Emu 64: 229-230
• Flieg, G.M. 1971. Tytonidae x Strigidae cross produces fertile eggs. Auk 88: 178
• Forbes, H.O. & Robinson, H.C. 1897. Catalogue of the parrots (Psittaci) in the Derby Museum. Bulletin of the Liverpool Museum 1: 5-22
• Forbes, W.A. 1879. A synopsis of the Meliphaginae, Genus Myzomela, with Descriptions of two new Species. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1879: 256-278
• Ford, J. 1961. The increase in abundance of the Bourke Parrot in Western Australia, 1938–1960. The Emu 61: 211-217
• Ford, J. 1969. Distribution and taxonomic notes on some parrots from Western Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 25: 99-105
• Ford, J. 1971. Distribution and taxonomy of southern birds in the Great Victoria Desert. The Emu 71: 27-36
• Ford, J. 1974. Speciation in Australian birds adapted to arid habitats. The Emu 74: 161-168
• Ford, J. 1977. Area of origin of the Yellow Rosella. The Emu 77: 229-230
• Ford, J. 1979. A new subspecies of Grey Butcherbird from the Kimberley, Western Australia. The Emu 79(4): 191-194 [Date published Oct 1979]
• Ford, J. 1980. Morphological and ecological divergence and convergence in isolated populations of the Red-tailed Black-Cockatoo. The Emu 80: 103-120
• Ford, J. 1981. Hybridization and migration in Australian populations of the Little and Rufous-breasted Bronze-Cuckoos. The Emu 81: 209-222 [publication dated as 1869]
• Ford, J. 1983. Taxonomic notes on some mangrove-inhabiting birds in Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 10: 381-451
• Ford, J. 1985. Species limits and phylogenetic relationships in corellas of the Cacatua pastinator complex. The Emu 85: 163-180
• Ford, J. 1986. Avian hybridization and allopatry in the region of the Einasleigh uplands and Burdekin-Lynd divide, north-eastern Queensland. The Emu 86: 87-110
• Ford, J. 1987. Hybrid zones in Australian birds. The Emu 87: 158-178
• Ford, J. 1987. New subspecies of Grey Shrike-thrush and Long-billed Corella from Western Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 16: 172-176
• Ford, J. 1987. Taxonomic status of Pheasant Coucal, Red-tailed Black-Cockatoo and Red-backed Fairy-wren in the Pilbara, Western Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 17: 17-18
• Ford, J. & Parker, S.A. 1974. Distribution and taxonomy of some birds from south-western Queensland. The Emu 74: 177-194
• Ford, J., Greensmith, A. & Reid, N. 1980. Notes on the distribution of Queensland Birds. Sunbird 11: 58-70
• Ford, J.R. 1981. Evolution. distribution and stage of speciation in the Rhipidura fuliginosa complex in Australia. The Emu 81(3): 128-144 [Date published Jun 1981]
• Forshaw, J.M. 1964. Some field observations on the Great Palm Cockatoo. The Emu 63: 327-331
• Forshaw, J.M. 1966. Observations and systematic notes on the Red-cheeked Parrot. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 14: 175-180
• Forshaw, J.M. 1967. The subspecies of the Fig Parrot, Opopsitta diophthalma. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 15: 43-52
• Forshaw, J.M. 1968. Variation in the lengths of wing and exposed culmen in the Sulphur-crested Cockatoo in Australia. The Emu 67: 267-282
• Forshaw, J.M. 1978. Parrots of the World. 2nd (revised) Edn. Illustrated by W.T. Cooper. Melbourne : Lansdowne Edns 616 pp. 158 pls.
• Forshaw, J.M. 1979. Eggs of the Double-eyed Fig Parrot. Australian Bird Watcher 8: 98-99 [Mathews, G.M. 1917. Sylvester Diggles, Ornithologist. Austral Avian Records 3: 98–108]
• Forshaw, J.M. 1981. Australian Parrots. 2nd (revised) Edn. Illustrated by W.T. Cooper. Melbourne : Lansdowne Edns 312 pp. 56 pls.
• Forshaw, J.M. & Muller, K.A. 1978. Annotated list of birds observed at Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, during October, 1974. Australian Bird Watcher 7: 171-194
• Forshaw, J.M., Fullagar, P.J. & Harris, J.I. 1976. Specimens of the Night Parrot in museums throughout the world. The Emu 76: 120-126
• Forster, J.R. 1791. Tagebuch einer Reise nach Neu Süd-Wallis von John White, Esq. Magazin von merkwürdigen neuen Reise Beschreibungen. Berlin : J.R. Forster Vol. 5.
• Forster, J.R. 1794. Lieutenant King's Nachrichten von der Norfolk-Inseln. (Footnote). p. 11 In, Die neuesten Reisen nach der Botany Bay und Port-Jackson, Magazin von merkwürdigen neuen Reise Beschreibungen. Berlin : J.R. Forster.
• Forster, J.R. 1794. Tagebuch einer Reise nach Neu Sued-Wallis von John White Esq., Magazin von merkwuerdigen neuen Reise Beschreibungen. Berlin : J.R. Forster Vol. 5.
• Forster, J.R. 1795. Faunula Indica, id est Catalogus Animalium Indiae orientalis... secundus curius editus, correctus et auctus a J. R. Forster, &c. Halle.
• Forster, J.R. 1817. Synonymic Catalogue of British Birds. London : British Museum Vol. 17.
• Forster. J.R. 1788. Enchiridion historiae naturali inserviens, quo termini et delineationes ad avium, piscium, insectorum et plantarum adumbrationes intelligendas et concinnandas, secundum methodum systematis Linnaeani continentur. Paret 16. Halae : Prostat apud Hemmerde et Schwetschke 224 pp.
• Fraser, T. 1982. Breeding of the Rainbow Bee-eater on Kangaroo Island. South Australian Ornithologist 28: 218 [Sherborn, C.D. & Woodward, B.B. 1901. Notes on the dates of publication of the natural history portions of some French voyages - Part 1. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 7: 388–392]
• Frenzel, J.S.T. 1801. Beschr. Vögel und ihrer Eyer in der Gegend Wittenberg.
• Friedmann, H. 1968. The evolutionary history of the avian genus Chrysococcyx. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 265: 1-137
• Frith, C.B. 1970. Nests and eggs of the Australian rock pigeons Petrophassa spp. The Emu 70: 29-30 pl. 1
• Frith, C.B. & Beehler, B.M. 1998. The Birds of Paradise: Paradisaeidae. Oxford : Oxford University Press xxx 613 pp.
• Frith, C.B. & Carline, F. 1974. Psittacidae. In, Hall, B.P. (ed.). Birds of the Harold Hall Australian Expeditions 1962–70. A report on the collections made for the British Museum (Natural History). Results of the Harold Hall Australian Expeditions. London : British Museum Vol. 33 xi 396 pp., 10 pls col. pl. map.
• Frith, C.B. & Frith, D.W. 2004. The Bowerbirds: Ptilonorhynchidae. London : Oxford University Press xxiii 508 pp.
• Frith, H.J. 1952. A record of the Turquoise Parrakeet. The Emu 52: 99-101
• Frith, H.J. 1952. Notes on the pigeons of the Richmond River, N.S.W. The Emu 52: 89-99
• Frith, H.J. 1957. Food habits of the Topknot Pigeon. The Emu 57: 341-345
• Frith, H.J. 1972. Nesting of the Black-banded Pigeon and the Australian rock pigeons. The Emu 72: 13-16
• Frith, H.J. 1977. Some display postures of Australian pigeons. Ibis 119: 167-182
• Frith, H.J. 1977. Waterfowl in Australia. Sydney : A.H. & A.W. Reed Edn 1st Edn, 328 pp.
• Frith, H.J. 1982. Pigeons and Doves of Australia. Adelaide : Rigby vii 304 pp., 32 pls.
• Frith, H.J. & Barker, R.D. 1975. Food of the Plumed Pigeons, Geophaps plumifera and G. ferruginea. Australian Wildlife Research 2: 63-76
• Frith, H.J. & Calaby, J.H. 1953. The Superb Parrot in southern New South Wales. The Emu 53: 324-330
• Frith, H.J., Braithwaite, L.W. & Wolfe, T.O. 1974. Sexual cycles of pigeons in a tropical environment. Australian Wildlife Research 1: 117-128
• Frith, H.J., Brown, B.K. & Barker, R.D. 1974. Food of the Crested and Common Bronzewing Pigeons in inland New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 1: 129-144
• Frith, H.J., Carpenter, S.M. & Braithwaite, L.W. 1976. Sexual cycles of pigeons in arid and semi-arid Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 24: 331-351
• Frith, H.J., Crome, F.H.J. & Wolfe, T.O. 1976. Food of fruit-pigeons in New Guinea. The Emu 76: 49-58 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1920. The Birds of Australia. Supplement No. 1. Check List of the Birds of Australia Part 1. Orders Casuariiformes to Menuriformes. London : Witherby iv 1–116 pp. [Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240) (collation of livraisons affecting original description) Mathews, G.M. 1911. On some necessary alterations in the nomenclature of birds. Pt II. Novitates Zoologicae 18: 1–22 (collation of livraisons affecting original description) Sherborn, C.D. 1922. Index Animalium; sive, Index nominem quae ab A.D. 1758 generibus et speciebus animalium imposita sunt, societatibus eruditorum adiuvantibus. Sectio Secunda, 1801–1850. London : British Museum Pt 1 cxxxvi 128 pp. [lxxx]]]
• Frith, H.J., McKean, J.L. & Braithwaite, L.W. 1976. Sexual cycles and food of the doves Streptopelia chinensis and S. senegalensis in Australia. The Emu 76: 15-24
• Frith, H.J., Wolfe, T.O. & Barker, R.D. 1976. Food of eight species of Columbidae, in the genera Geopelia, Phaps, Geophaps and Petrophassa. Australian Wildlife Research 3: 159-171
• Fry, C.H. 1969. The evolution and systematics of bee-eaters (Meropidae). Ibis 111: 557-592
• Fry, C.H. 1972. The biology of African bee-eaters. Living Bird 11: 75-112
• Fry, C.H. 1980. The evolutionary biology of kingfishers (Alcedinidae). Living Bird 18: 113-160
• Fry, C.H. 1980. The origin of Afrotropical kingfishers. Ibis 122: 57-72
• Fry, C.H. 1984. The Bee-Eaters. Calton : T. & A.D. Poyser 304 pp., 8 pls.
• Fullagar, P.J., McKean, J.L. & Van Tets, G.F. 1975. Report on the Birds, appendix F. pp. 55-72 in Recher, H.F. & Clark, S.S. (eds). Environmental Survey of Lord Howe Island A report to the Lord Howe Island Board. Sydney : Australian Museum viii 86 pp.
• Fürbringer, M. 1888. Untersuchungen zur Morphologie und Systematik der Vögel zugleich ein Beitrag zur Anatomie der Stütz- und Bewegunsgorgane. Amsterdam : Tj. Van Holkema Vol. 2 xlix 1751 pp., 30 pls.
• Gadow, H. 1883. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or perching birds in the collection of the British Museum. Cichlomorphae: Part V containing the families Paridae and Laniidae (Titmice and Shrikes) and Certhiomorphae (Creepers & Nuthatches). London : British Museum Vol. 8 xiii 385 pp.
• Gadow, H. 1884. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or perching birds in the collection of the British Museum. Cinnyrimorphae: containing the families Nectariniidae and Meliphagidae (Sun-birds and Honey-eaters). London : British Museum Vol. 9 xii 310 pp.
• Gadow, H. 1893. Vögel. II. —Systematischer Theil. In Bronn, H.G. Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs. Leipzig : C.F. Winter. Pt 4-303 pp.
• Garnett, S. 1986. Mortality and group cohesion in migrating Rainbow Bee-eaters. The Emu 85: 267-268
• Garrod, A.H. 1874. On some points in the anatomy of parrots which bear on the classification of the suborder. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1874: 586-598
• Garrod, A.H. 1874. On some points in the anatomy of the Columbae. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1874: 249-259
• Garstone, R. 1974. Birds of the Great Southern: A check list of birds of the Great Southern area of Western Australia. Perth : A.C. Blair 36 pp.
• Gentilli, J. 1949. Pallid Cuckoo observations, 1949. Western Australian Naturalist 2: 59-64
• Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, E. 1823. Sur les appareils de la déglutition et du goût dans les Aras indiens, ou perroquets microglosses. Memoires du Museum Paris 10: 186-198 pl. 11 [Schodde, R. 1989. The story behind the description in Canberra Bird Notes of new subspecies of birds. Canberra Bird Notes 14: 90–91]
• Giblin, W.W. & Swindells, A.W. 1927. Field notes on the Blue-winged Parrot. The Emu 27: 5-13
• Gibson-Hill, C.A. 1947. Notes on the birds of Christmas Island. Bulletin of the Raffles Museum 18: 87-165
• Gibson-Hill, C.A. 1949. The birds of the Cocos-Keeling Islands (Indian Ocean). Ibis 91: 221-243
• Giebel, C.G. 1877. Thesaurus ornithologiae. Repertorium der gesammten ornithologischen Literatur und Nomenclatur Sämmtlicher Gattungen und Arten der Vögel nebst Synonymen und geographischer Verbreitung. Leipzig: F.A. Brockhaus Dritter Bd vi 861 pp.
• Giebel, C.G.A. 1872. Thesaurus Ornithologiae. Repertorium der gesammten ornithologischen Literatur und Nomenclator sammtlicher Gattungen und Arten der Vogel nebst Synonymen und geographischer Verbreitung. Leipsig.
• Giebel, C.G.A. 1874. Thesaurus ornithologiae. Repertorium der gesammten ornithologischen Literatur und Nomenclatur Sämmtlicher Gattungen und Arten der Vögel nebst Synonymen und geographischer Verbreitung. Leipzig: F.A. Brockhaus 2, (1875) fasc. 1.
• Giebel, C.G.A. 1875. Thesaurus ornithologiae. Repertorium der gesammten ornithologischen Literatur und Nomenclatur Sämmtlicher Gattungen und Arten der Vögel nebst Synonymen und geographischer Verbreitung. Leipzig: F.A. Brockhaus Vol. 2 fasc. 2.
• Gilbert, P.A. 1936. The Topknot Pigeon. The Emu 35: 301-312
• Gill, B.J. 1980. Foods of the Long-tailed Cuckoo. Notornis 27: 96
• Gill, B.J. 1983. Morphology and migration of Chrysococcyx lucidus, an Australasian cuckoo. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 10: 371-382
• Gill, H.B. 1964. The White-tailed Kingfisher. The Emu 63: 273-276
• Gistel, J. 1848. Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs für höhere schulen bearbeitet. Stuttgart xvi 216 pp., 32 pls.
• Givens, T.V. & Hitchcock, W.B. 1953. Cisticola juncidis (Raf.) in the Northern Territory. The Emu 53(3): 193-200 [Date published Sep 1953]
• Glenny, F.H. 1943. A systematic study of the main arteries in the region of the heart. Aves X. Strigiformes, part 1. Transactions of the Royal Canadian Institute 24: 233-239
• Glenny, F.H. 1953. A systematic study of the main arteries in the region of the heart. Aves XX. Caprimulgiformes, part 1. Ohio Journal of Science 53: 367-369
• Glenny, F.H. 1957. A revised classification of the Psittaciformes based on the carotid artery arrangement patterns. Annals of Zoology Agra 2: 47-56
• Glenny, F.H. 1959. Specific and individual variation in reduction of the clavicles in the parrots. Ohio Journal of Science 59: 321-322
• Gloger, C. 1827. Etwas über einige ornithologische Gattungs-benennungen. Notizen aus dem Gebiete der Natur- und Heilkunde Froriep 16: 275-280
• Gloger, C.W.L. 1841. Gemeinnütziges Hand- und Hilfsbuch der Naturgeschichte. Für gebildete Leser aller Stände, besonders für die reifere Jugend und ihre Lehrer. Erster Band, enthaltend die erste Hälfte der Naturgeschichte der Thiere, nebst erfahrungsmässigen Andeutungen über den gegenwärtigen Zustand und Erfolg des Unterrichts in dieser Wissenschaft, namentlich auf Gymnasien, und Vorrschlägen über fernere Einrichtung desselben im Verhaltnisse zu seinem Wirklichen Zwecke. Hefte 1–5. Breslau : A. Schulz & Comp. 400 pp. [publication date established from Thomas, O. 1895. An analysis of the mammalian generic names given in Dr. C.W.L. Gloger's 'Naturgeschichte' (1841). Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 15: 189–193 [189]]
• Gloger, C.W.L. 1841. Gemeinnütziges Hand-und Hilfsbuch der Naturgeschichte. Für gebildete Leser aller Stände, besonders für die reifere Jugend und ihre Lehrer. Breslau : A. Schulz & Co. Vol. 1 xxxxiv 495 pp. [publication dated 1842]
• Gmelin, J.F. 1788. Systema Naturae per Regna Tria Naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Linné, editio decima tertia, aucta, reformata. Regnum Animalium. Leipzig (Lipsiae) : G.E. Beer Vol. 1(1) 1-500 pp. [For publication date Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1833–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Gmelin, J.F. 1789. Systema Naturae per Regna Tria Naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Linné, editio decima tertia, aucta, reformata. Regnum Animalium. Leipzig (Lipsiae) : G.E. Beer Vol. 1(2) 501-1032 pp. [publication dated 1788]
• Goddard, M.T. & Marchant, S. 1983. The parasitic habits of the Channel-billed Cuckoo Scythrops novaehollandiae in Australia. Australian Birds 17: 65-72 [Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1833–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Gogerley, J.F.H. 1925. Early breeding of the Topknot Pigeon (Lopholaimus antarcticus). The Emu 24: 276-277
• Goodfellow, W. 1935. A collector on Melville Island. Aviculture Magazine 4 25: 316-324
• Goodwin, D. 1959. Taxonomy of the genus Columba. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) Zool. 6: 1-23
• Goodwin, D. 1960. Some observations on the Diamond Dove. Aviculture Magazine 66: 97-105
• Goodwin, D. 1960. Taxonomy of the genus Ducula. Ibis 102: 526-535
• Goodwin, D. 1967. Australian pigeons: their affinities and status. The Emu 66: 319-336
• Goodwin, D. 1967. Notes on behaviour of some Australian birds. The Emu 66: 237-251
• Goodwin, D. 1967. Pigeons and Doves of the World. London : British Museum 446 pp. 3 pls.
• Goodwin, D. 1969. A new sub-species of the White-quilled Rock Pigeon. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 89: 131-133
• Goodwin, D. 1974. Columbidae. In, Hall, B.P. (ed.). Birds of the Harold Hall Australian Expeditions 1962–70. A report on the collections made for the British Museum (Natural History). Results of the Harold Hall Australian Expeditions. London : British Museum Vol. 33 xi 396 pp., 10 pls col. pl. map.
• Goodwin, D. 1976. Crows of the World. Ithaca : Cornell University Press vi 354 pp.
• Goodwin, D. 1982. Estrildid finches of the world. Oxford : British Museum (Natural History), London and Oxford University Press.
• Goodwin, D. 1983. Pigeons and Doves of the World. Ithaca : Cornell University Press 363 pp. 3 pls.
• Goodwin, D. In Hall, B.P. (ed.) 1974. Birds of the Harold Hall Australian Expeditions 1962–70. A report on the collections made for the British Museum (Natural History). Results of the Harold Hall Australian Expeditions, No. 33. London : British Museum. 10 pls col. pl. map xi 396 pp.
• Gosper, D. 1962. Breeding records of the Koel. Australian Bird Watcher 1: 226-228 [Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240)]
• Gosper, D. 1964. Observations on breeding of the Koel. The Emu 64: 39-41 [Browning, M.R. & Monroe, B.L., Jr 1991. Clarifications and corrections of the dates of issue of some publications containing descriptions of North American birds. Arch. Nat. Hist. 18: 381–405 (cf. Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp., Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240)) Rossem, A.J. van 1946. Dates for volume 1 of Bonaparte's 'Conspectus Generum Avium'. Auk 63: 243]
• Gould, J 1837. Untitled. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (5): 24-26 [Date published 21 November 1837]
• Gould, J 1843. [Untitled - thirty new species of Australian birds...]. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1842: 131-140 [Date published February 1843]
• Gould, J 1845. [Untitled]. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (13) [Date published October 1845]
• Gould, J 1848. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould.
• Gould, J. 1833. Untitled. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1833(1): 106-107 [Date published 18 Nov 1833]
• Gould, J. 1836. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, Feb. 23, 1836. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1836: 17-19
• Gould, J. 1836. Untitled. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1836: 185-187 [Date published 8 Apr 1836]
• Gould, J. 1836. Untitled. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1836: 73-74 [Date published 18 Oct 1836]
• Gould, J. 1837. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, Dec. 13, 1836. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1836: 139-140 [published June 1837, publication dated 1836]
• Gould, J. 1837. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, Oct. 25, 1836. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1836: 104-106 [publication dated 1836]
• Gould, J. 1837. A Synopsis of the Birds of Australia, and Adjacent Islands. London : J. Gould 8 pp., 73 pls. [publication dated 1837–1838, Pt 2, Jan. (=Apr.) 1837]
• Gould, J. 1837. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 1.
• Gould, J. 1837. Untitled. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1837(4): 142-146 [Date published 27 Jun 1837]
• Gould, J. 1837. Untitled. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1837: 78 [Date published 25 Jul 1837]
• Gould, J. 1838. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, Dec. 26, 1837. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1837: 138-157
• Gould, J. 1838. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, Oct. 10, 1837. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1837: 96-100 [published Apr. 1838, publication dated as 1837-1838 Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240)]
• Gould, J. 1838. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, Sept. 26, 1837. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1837: 88-89 [published 13 Feb 1838, publication dated as 1837]
• Gould, J. 1838. A Synopsis of the Birds of Australia, and the Adjacent Islands. London : J. Gould 8 pp., 73 pls. [Pt 3, published Apr. 1838, publication dated as 1837–1838]
• Gould, J. 1838. Descriptions of new species of Australian Birds. Principally in the author's collection, with characters of several new genera. In, A Synopsis of the Birds of Australia, and the Adjacent Islands. London : J. Gould. Pt IV Appendix pp. 1-8 [published Apr. 1838, publication dated as 1837–1838]
• Gould, J. 1838. The Birds of Australia, and the Adjacent Islands. London : J. Gould Pt 2 10 pls. [published Feb. 1838]
• Gould, J. 1840. Letter to Chairman of the Scientific Committee, Zoological Society of London, read before meeting of the Society of Oct. 8, 1839. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1839: 139-145 [Date published Mar 1840: publication dated 1839]
• Gould, J. 1840. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Part 1 92 pls. [publication date established from Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp.; Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby pp. viii 149.]
• Gould, J. 1840. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 2 Pt 1, 104 pls. [Dec. 1840 as 1848 in Vol. 2]
• Gould, J. 1840. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 5.
• Gould, J. 1840. Untitled. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1841. 126
• Gould, J. 1841. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, Dec. 8, 1840. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1840: 168-178 [Date published Jul 1841: publication dated 1840]
• Gould, J. 1841. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, Nov. 10, 1840. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1840: 147-151 [publication dated 1840]
• Gould, J. 1841. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, Nov. 24, 1840. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1840: 159-165 [Date published July 1841: publication dated 1840]
• Gould, J. 1841. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Pt 5 in 5 92 pls. [published Dec. 1841 1848 in Vol. 5]
• Gould, J. 1841. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 5 Pt 2 92 pls. [published Mar. 1841 1848 in Vol. 5]
• Gould, J. 1841. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 3 part 3 pp.
• Gould, J. 1841. Untitled. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1841(3): 126-127 [Date published Jul 1841]
• Gould, J. 1841. [1840–1848] The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould. [8 vols]
• Gould, J. 1842. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, Feb. 8, 1842. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1842: 17-21
• Gould, J. 1842. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, June 14, 1842. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1842: 72
• Gould, J. 1842. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 5(7) 92 pls. [published June 1842, publication dated 1848 in Vol. 5]
• Gould, J. 1842. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 5(8) 92 pls. [Sept. 1842 1848 in Vol. 5]
• Gould, J. 1842. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 2(6). [Date published 1 Mar 1842]
• Gould, J. 1842. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 6.
• Gould, J. 1842. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Part 9. [Date published 1 Dec 1842]
• Gould, J. 1842. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 3(6). [Date published 1 Mar 1842]
• Gould, J. 1842. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Part 6. [Date published 1 Mar 1842]
• Gould, J. 1843. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, Oct. 11, 1842. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1842(10): 131-140 [Date published Feb 1843: publication dated 1842]
• Gould, J. 1843. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Part 13. [published Dec. 1843 as 1848 in Vol. 5]
• Gould, J. 1843. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 4(11). [Date published 1 Jun 1843]
• Gould, J. 1843. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 5(12).
• Gould, J. 1844. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, March 26, 1844. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1844: 55-58
• Gould, J. 1844. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 2(16) 104 pls. [published Sept. 1844, publication dated 1848]
• Gould, J. 1844. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 3.
• Gould, J. 1844. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 2(17). [Date published 1 Dec 1844]
• Gould, J. 1844. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 3(16). [Date published 1 Jun 1844]
• Gould, J. 1844. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 4(16). [Date published 1 Sep 1844]
• Gould, J. 1844. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 4(15).
• Gould, J. 1844. Untitled. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London 1844(12): 103-107 [Date published Oct 1844]
• Gould, J. 1845. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, July 22, 1845. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1845: 80
• Gould, J. 1845. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, March 25, 1845. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1845: 18-20 [published Apr.]
• Gould, J. 1845. On a new species of Platycercus. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 1 15: 114-115 [For publication date Schodde, R. 1989. The story behind the description in Canberra Bird Notes of new subspecies of birds. Canberra Bird Notes 14: 90–91]
• Gould, J. 1845. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 5(19) 92 pls. [published June 1845, publication dated as 1848 in Vol. 5]
• Gould, J. 1845. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Part 18 92 pls.
• Gould, J. 1845. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 4(18) pl. 8.
• Gould, J. 1845. Untitled. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London 1845(13): 62-63 [Date published Sep 1845]
• Gould, J. 1846. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, Oct. 14, 1845. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1845: 104-105 [published Jan. 1846, publication dated as 1845]
• Gould, J. 1846. Descriptions of eleven new species of Australian birds. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1846: 18-21 [Date published July 1911: published May]
• Gould, J. 1846. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 2.
• Gould, J. 1846. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 6.
• Gould, J. 1846. Untitled. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1946(14): 67-71 [Date published Oct 1846]
• Gould, J. 1846. Untitled. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1846(14): 83-84 [Date published Nov 1846]
• Gould, J. 1847. Descriptions of six new species of Australian birds. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1847(15): 1-3 [Date published 29 Mar 1847]
• Gould, J. 1847. On eight species of Australian birds; and on Anthus minimus Vig. and Hors., as the type of a new genus Chthonicola Gould. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1847: 31-35 [published Apr.]
• Gould, J. 1847. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 4(29) 104 pls. [published Dec. 1847, publication dated as 1848]
• Gould, J. 1847. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 3.
• Gould, J. 1847. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 2. [Date published 1 Jun 1847]
• Gould, J. 1847. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Part 228. [Date published 1 Sep 1847]
• Gould, J. 1847. Untitled. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1846(14): 106-107 [Date published 26 Jan 1847]
• Gould, J. 1848. Descriptions of some new species of Australian birds. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1847(15): 220-222 [Date published 29 Mar 1848]
• Gould, J. 1848. Introduction to the Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould viii 134 pp. [Date published 1 Aug 1848]
• Gould, J. 1848. On seven new species of Australian birds. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1848(16): 38-40 [Date published 14 Nov 1848]
• Gould, J. 1848. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 1 cii 13 pp., 36 pls.
• Gould, J. 1848. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 2(17) 104 pls.
• Gould, J. 1848. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 5 92 pls. [published Sept. 1841]
• Gould, J. 1848. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 4 104 pls.
• Gould, J. 1848. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 5(8) 92 pls.
• Gould, J. 1848. The Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 3.
• Gould, J. 1849. Description of a new species of Cinclosoma. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London 1848(16): 139 [Date published 1 Jun 1849]
• Gould, J. 1850. A brief account of the researches in natural history of John McGillivray, Esq., the naturalist attached to H.M. surveying ship the Rattlesnake, on the north-eastern coasts of Australia, New Guinea &c. Contributions to Ornithology Jardine 1850: 92-107
• Gould, J. 1850. On new species of Mammalia and Birds from Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1849: 109-112 [Date published pre Jun 1850]
• Gould, J. 1851. Descriptions of new Birds. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1850(18): 91-95 [Date published 14 Mar 1851]
• Gould, J. 1851. On new species of birds from Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1850: 200-201 [Date published 28 Feb 1851]
• Gould, J. 1851. The Birds of Australia, Supplement. London : J. Gould Part 1. [Date published 15 Mar 1851]
• Gould, J. 1852. On new Australian Birds in the Collection of the Zoological Society of London. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1850(18): 276-279 [Date published 24 Jan 1852]
• Gould, J. 1854. Descriptions of new species of Ptilotis and Eopsaltria. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1854(19): 285 [Date published 14 Jun 1854]
• Gould, J. 1855. On some new species of birds collected by Mr McGillivray. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1855(23): 164-166 [Date published 18 Dec 1855]
• Gould, J. 1855. The Birds of Australia. Supplement. London : J. Gould Part 2 81 pls. [Date published Sept. 1855: publication dated 1969 in bound volume]
• Gould, J. 1858. On several new species of birds from various parts of the world. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1857: 220-224 [publication dated 1857]
• Gould, J. 1859. In Proceedings of meetings of Zoological Society of London, March 22, 1859. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1859: 128-129
• Gould, J. 1861. On a new genus and species of parakeet from Western Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1861: 100-101 [Date published Aug.]
• Gould, J. 1862. On a new species of Chlamydera, or Bower-Bird. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1862(2): 161-162 [Date published 1 Aug 1862]
• Gould, J. 1863. On a collection of birds from central Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1863: 232-233
• Gould, J. 1865. Description of two new Australian birds. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1865: 198-199 [Date published Jun 1865]
• Gould, J. 1865. Handbook to the Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 1 viii 636 pp. [Date published Sep 1865]
• Gould, J. 1865. Handbook to the Birds of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 2 629 pp. [For publication date Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Gould, J. 1866. Additions to the List of the Avifauna of Australia, with descriptions of three new species. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1866: 217-218 [Date published 1 Oct 1866]
• Gould, J. 1867. Description of a new Australian bird pertaining to the genus Malurus. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London 1867(2): 302-303
• Gould, J. 1867. Description of a new species of the genus Malurus. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3 19: 369 [Date published 1 May 1867]
• Gould, J. 1867. On a new Australian parakeet. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1867: 182-183 [Date published 31/May/1867]
• Gould, J. 1867. On two new birds from eastern Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3 20: 269-270 [published Oct.]
• Gould, J. 1867. The Birds of Australia. Supplement. London : J. Gould Part 4 81 pls. [Date published Dec. 1867: publication dated 1869 in vol., five parts in one volume]
• Gould, J. 1868. On the Australian Genus Climacteris, with a Description of a New Species. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1868(35): 975-977 [Date published 1 Apr 1868]
• Gould, J. 1868. On two new Australian birds. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1868: 74-76
• Gould, J. 1868. The Birds of Asia. London : J. Gould Vol. 1.
• Gould, J. 1869. Descriptions of five new Species of Birds from Queensland, Australia; and a new humming-bird from the Bahamas. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 4 4: 108-112 [Date published Apr 1869]
• Gould, J. 1869. The Birds of Australia. Supplement. London : J. Gould Part 3 81 pls. [1859]
• Gould, J. 1870. Description of a new species of Dacelo from north-western Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1869: 602 [publication dated as 1869]
• Gould, J. 1870. Description of a new species of Seisura. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 4 6: 224 [Date published 1 Sep 1870]
• Gould, J. 1871. Description of two new species pertaining to the Avifauna of Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 4 8: 192-193 [Date published 1 Sep 1871]
• Gould, J. 1872. On a new species of Thrush pertaining to the genus Oreocincla. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 4 9(1): 401 [Date published 1 May 1872]
• Gould, J. 1872. On two new species of birds. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 4 10: 114 [Date published 1 Aug 1872]
• Gould, J. 1874. On a new species of fruit-pigeon from northern Queensland. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 4 13: 137
• Gould, J. 1875. Descriptions of three new species of Australian birds. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1875: 314-315 [Date published 1 Aug 1875]
• Gould, J. 1875. Further contributions to the Ornithology of Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 4 16: 285-287 [Date published 1 Oct 1875]
• Gould, J. 1875. Letter. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, November 3, 1874. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1874: 499-500 [published Apr. 1875, publication dated as 1874]
• Gould, J. 1875. On the Bower-birds of Australia, with the description of a new species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 4 16: 429
• Gould, J. 1875. The Birds of New Guinea and Adjacent Papuan Islands, including many new Species recently discovered in Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 3.
• Gould, J. 1879. Observations on the Chlamydoderae or Bower-Birds, with description of a new species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2 4: 74 [Date published 1 Dec 1879]
• Gould, J. 1879. The Birds of New Guinea and the adjacent Papuan islands, including many new species recently discovered in Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 1.
• Gould, J. in Grey, G. 1841. Journals of Two Expeditions of Discovery in north-west and western Australia, during the years 1837, 38 and 39 under the Authority of Her Majesty's Government. London : T. & W. Boone Vol. 2 vii 482 pp. (Appendix D, pp. 415-421). [publication date]
• Gould, J. in MacGillivray, J. 1852. Narrative of the Voyage of H.M. Ship Rattlesnake during the years 1846–1850. 2 Vols. London : Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty.
• Gould, John 1846. On the genus Anous, Leach (Megalopterus, Boie). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1846(13): 103-104 [Date published Feb 1846]
• Gould, S. & Barnett, M. 2005. First breeding record of the Spotted Whistling-Duck Dendrocygna guttata in Australia. Australian Field Ornithology 22: 196-200
• Grant, J. 1803. The Narrative of a Voyage of Discovery, performed in His Majesty's vessel the Lady Nelson, of sixty tons burthen, with sliding keels, in the years 1800, 1801 and 1802, to New South Wales. London : T. Egerton xxvi 195 pp.
• Gravatt, D. 1973. Turquoise Parrot at Cooloola. Sunbird 4: 8
• Gray, G.R. 1840. A List of the Genera of Birds, with an indication of the typical species of each genus. London : R. & J.E. Taylor viii 80 pp. [Date published Apr 1840: published before Apr.]
• Gray, G.R. 1841. A List of the Genera of Birds, with their synonyms and an indication of the typical species of each genus. London : R. & J. Taylor xii 115 pp. [Date published Sep 1841]
• Gray, G.R. 1842. A List of the Genera of Birds, with their synonyma, and an indication of the typical species of each genus. Appendix. London : R. & J.E. Taylor. iv 16 pp. [published Mar.-Apr.]
• Gray, G.R. 1842. A List of the Genera of Birds, with their synonyms and an indication of the typical species of each genus. Appendix. London : R. & J.E. Taylor iv 16 pp. [published Mar.-Apr.]
• Gray, G.R. 1843. Some rectification of the nomenclature of Australian birds. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 1 11: 189-194
• Gray, G.R. 1844. List of Specimens of Birds in the Collection of the British Museum, London. London : British Museum Part 3.
• Gray, G.R. 1844. The Genera of birds: comprising their generic characters, a notice of the habits of each genus and an extensive list of species referred to their several genera. London : Longman, B rown, Green and Longmans.
• Gray, G.R. 1845. Part 3. Birds. In, Richardson, J. & Gray, J.E. (eds). The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Erebus and Terror, under the command of Capt. Sir James Clark Ross during the years 1839 to 1843. London Vol. 1. [Date published October 1844]
• Gray, G.R. 1846. The Genera of Birds: comprising their generic characters, notice of the habits of each genus, and an extensive list of species referred to their several genera. London : Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans Vol. 3 669 pp. clxxxv pls.
• Gray, G.R. 1848. The Genera of Birds: comprising their generic characters, notice of the habits of each genus, and an extensive list of species referred to their several genera. London : Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans Vol. 1.
• Gray, G.R. 1849. The Genera of Birds: comprising their generic characters, a notice of the habits of each genus, and an extensive list of species referred to their several genera. London : Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans Vol. 3 iv 484-669+177 pp., cxxi-clxxxv pls.
• Gray, G.R. 1849. The Genera of Birds: comprising their generic characters, a notice of the habits of each genus, and an extensive list of species referred to their several genera. London : Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans Vol. 1 xvi 300 pp. lxxii pls. [1844–1849; published 1846]
• Gray, G.R. 1849. The Genera of Birds: comprising their generic characters, a notice of the habits of each genus, and an extensive list of species referred to their several genera. London : Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans Vol. 2 iv 301-483 pp., lxxiii-cxxa pls. [published between 1844–1849]
• Gray, G.R. 1855. Catalogue of the Genera and Subgenera of Birds contained in the British Museum. London : British Museum 192 pp.
• Gray, G.R. 1858. A list of the birds, with descriptions of new species, obtained by Mr Alfred R. Wallace in the Aru and Ké Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1858: 169-198 [Mathews, G.M. 1911. On some necessary alterations in the nomenclature of birds. Pt II. Novitates Zoologicae 18: 1–22 (cf. Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240))]
• Gray, G.R. 1859. List of the Specimens of Birds in the Collection of the British Museum. London : British Museum 110 pp. Pt III Sect. II Psittacidae.
• Gray, G.R. 1859. List of the birds lately sent by Mr. A.R. Wallace from Dorey or Dorery, New Guinea. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (27): 153-159
• Gray, G.R. 1860. List of birds collected by Mr. Wallace at the Molucca Islands, with descriptions of new species, etc. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1860(28): 341-368
• Gray, G.R. 1861. Remarks on, and descriptions of, new species of birds lately sent by Mr. A.R. Wallace from Waigiou, Mysol, and Gagie Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1861: 427-438 [Date published 10 Dec 1861]
• Gray, G.R. 1862. A list of the birds of New Zealand and the adjacent islands. Ibis 1 4: 214-252
• Gray, G.R. 1862. A list of the birds of New Zealand and the adjacent islands. Ibis 4(15): 214-252
• Gray, G.R. 1869. Hand-list of Genera and Species of Birds, Distinguishing those Contained in the British Museum. London : British Museum Vol. 1 xx 404 pp.
• Gray, G.R. 1870. Hand-list of Genera and Species of Birds, Distinguishing those Contained in the British Museum. London : British Museum Vol. 2 xv 278 pp.
• Gray, G.R. 1871. Hand-list of Genera and Species of Birds, Distinguishing those Contained in the British Museum. London : British Museum Vol. 3 xi 350 pp.
• Gray, J.E. 1831. Description of a new species of Snipe (Scolopax Hardwickii) discovered by Charles Hardwicke, Esq. in Van Diemen's Land. Zoological Miscellany (4): 16
• Gray, J.E. In Griffith, E. & Pidgeon, E. 1829. The Class Aves, arranged by the Baron Cuvier, with specific descriptions, Vol. 2. The Animal Kingdom arranged in conformity with its organisation, by the Baron Cuvier. (English transl.). London : Whittaker, Treacher & Co. Vol. VII. 586 pp. 60 pls
• Gray, J.E. in Griffith, E. & Pidgeon, E. 1829. The Class Aves, arranged by the Baron Cuvier, with specific descriptions, Vol. 2. The Animal Kingdom arranged in conformity with its organisation, by the Baron Cuvier. (English transl.). 586 pp. 60 pls
• Green, R.H. 1969. The Birds of Flinders Island. Records of the Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston 34: 1-32
• Green, R.H. 1989. Birds of Tasmania. 3rd Edn An annotated checklist with illustrations. Launceston : R.H. Green 84 pp.
• Green, R.H. & McGarvie, A.M. 1971. The birds of King Island. Records of the Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston 40: 1-42
• Green, R.H. & Swift, J.W. 1965. Rosellas as insect eaters. The Emu 65: 75
• Greenway, J.C. 1978. Type specimens of birds in the American Museum of Natural History. Pt 2. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 161: 1-306
• Greenway, J.C. Jnr 1973. Type specimens of birds in the American Museum of Natural History. Part 1. Tinamidae, Spheniscidae, Gaviidae, Podicipedidae, Diomedeidae, Procellariidae, Hydrobatidae, Pelecanoididae, Phaethontidae, Pelecanidae, Sulidae, Phalacrocoracidae, Anhingidae, Fregatidae, Ardeidae, Cochleariidae, Scopidae, Ciconiidae, Threskiornithidae, Phoenicopteridae, Anatidae, Cathartidae, Accipitridae, Falconidae, Megapodiidae, Cracidae, Tetraonidae, Phasianidae, Numididae, Meleagrididae, Turnicidae, Pedionomidae, Gruidae, Rallidae. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 150(3): 207-346
• Griffiths, R. 1985. Courtship display of the Rainbow Lorikeet. Australian Birds 19: 47-48
• Gunnerus, J.E. 1767. in Knud Leem's, Beskrivelse over Finmarken's Lapper. 101 plates. Copenhagen Vol. 1. [Date published 29 Jan 1767]
• Guntert, M. 1981. Morphologische untersuchungen der adaptiven radiation des verdauungstraktes Papageien (Psacci). Zoologische Jahrbucher. Abteilung für Anatomie 106: 471-526
• Guthrie, T.H. 1972. Koels displaying. Australian Bird Watcher 4: 168-169
• Güldenstädt, J.A. 1774. Nov. Comment. Acad. scient. imp. Petropol. Xxx : Xxx Vol. 19.
• Hahn, C.W. 1819. [1818–1836] Vögel aus Asien, Africa, America & Neuholland in Abbildungen nach der Natur / von ... C. W. Hahn mit Beschreibungen von ihm und mehreren Naturkundigen. Nürnberg Vol. 1(4).
• Hahn, C.W. 1822. [1818–1836] Vögel aus Asien, Africa, America & Neuholland in Abbildungen nach der Natur / von ... C. W. Hahn mit Beschreibungen von ihm und mehreren Naturkundigen. Nürnberg Vol. 1(11).
• Haines, L.C. 1946. Lorikeets prefer different diets. The Emu 46: 76
• Hall, B.P. (ed.) 1974. Birds of the Harold Hall Australian Expeditions 1962–70. A report on the collections made for the British Museum (Natural History). Results of the Harold Hall Australian Expeditions. London : British Museum Vol. 33 xi 396 pp., 10 pls col. pl. map.
• Hall, R. 1901. A new species of Owlet Nightjar. Victorian Naturalist 18: 60-61 [published Aug.]
• Hall, R. 1901. Alteration of specific name of Aegotheles rufescens, Hall. Victorian Naturalist 18: 89 [published Oct.]
• Hall, R. 1901. Description of a new species of Pseudogerygone. Victorian Naturalist 18(5): 78-79 [Date published Sep 1901]
• Hall, R. 1904. Description of a new sub-species of Mirafra. The Emu 3(4): 231-232 [Date published Apr 1904]
• Hamel, J. 1970. Hybridisation of Eastern and Crimson Rosellas in Otago. Notornis 17: 126-129
• Hamley, T. 1977. Feeding behaviour of Scaly-breasted Lorikeets. Sunbird 8: 37-40
• Hampe, H. 1941. Zur biologie des Vielfarbensittichs, Psephotus varius. Journal of Ornithology 89: 404-416, 2 pls
• Hanmer, D.B. 1980. Mensural and moult data on six species of bee-eater in Mozámbique and Malawi. Ostrich 51: 25-38
• Harrison, C.J.O. 1960. Signal plumage and phylogenic relationship in some doves. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 80: 134-140
• Harrison, C.J.O. 1969. A reconsideration of Horsfield Bronze Cuckoo depositing its eggs using the bill. The Emu 69: 178-181
• Harrison, C.J.O. 1969. Some comparative notes on the Peaceful and Zebra Doves (Geopelia striata ssp.) with reference to their taxonomic status. The Emu 69: 66-71
• Harrison, C.J.O. 1973. The zoogeographical dispersal of the genus Chrysococcyx. The Emu 73: 129-133
• Hartert, E 1891. Katalog der Vögelsammlung im Museum der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Frankfurt am Main. Frankfurt an Main : Gebrüder Knauer.
• Hartert, E. 1892. Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum. Catalogue of the Picariae. Coraciae. London : British Museum Vol. 16 xvi 703 pp., xiv pls.
• Hartert, E. 1898. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 8(57): xiv-xvi [Date published 28 Nov 1898]
• Hartert, E. 1899. On some birds from Cape York, North Queensland. Novitates Zoologicae 6(3): 423-428 [Date published 9 Dec 1899]
• Hartert, E. 1899. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 8(60): 33 [Date published 27 Feb 1899]
• Hartert, E. 1899. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 8: lix
• Hartert, E. 1903. Die Vögel der paläarktischen Fauna. Systematische Übersicht der in Europa, Nord-Asien und der Mittelmeerregion vorkommenden Vögel. Berlin xii + 112 pp.
• Hartert, E. 1903. On the birds of the Key and South-East Islands, and of Ceram-laut. Novitates Zoologicae 10: 232-254
• Hartert, E. 1904. The birds of the South-West Islands Wetter, Roma, Kisser, Letti and Moa. Novitates Zoologicae 11: 174-221
• Hartert, E. 1905. List of birds collected in north-western Australia and Arnhem Land by Mr. J.T. Tunney. Novitates Zoologicae 12: 194-242
• Hartert, E. 1905. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 16(119): 30-32 [Date published 29 Nov 1905]
• Hartert, E. 1906. On the birds of the island of Babber. Novitates Zoologicae 13: 288-302
• Hartert, E. 1909. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 23(148): 54 [Date published 2 Feb 1909]
• Hartert, E. 1910. [Acanthiza nana mathewsi subsp. n.]. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 25: 82
• Hartert, E. 1916. Notes on pigeons. Novitates Zoologicae 23: 78-88
• Hartert, E. 1920. Die Vögel der paläarktischen Fauna. Systematische Übersicht der in Europa, Nord-Asien und der Mittelmeerregion vorkommenden Vögel. Berlin : R. Friedländer & Sohn Bd Vol. 2(5 & 6) 1345-1600 pp.
• Hartert, E. 1921. Die Vögel der paläarktischen Fauna. Systematische Übersicht der in Europa, Nord-Asien und der Mittelmeerregion vorkommenden Vögel. Berlin : R. Friedländer & Sohn Bd Vol. 2 xxiv 833-1764 pp., 135-256 pls. [published between 1912–1921]
• Hartert, E. 1924. The birds of New Hanover. Novitates Zoologicae 31: 194-213
• Hartert, E. 1924. Types of birds in the Tring Museum. B. Types in the general collection. IV. Novitates Zoologicae 31: 112-134
• Hartert, E. 1925. Review of the genus Cacomantis Müll. Novitates Zoologicae 32: 164-174
• Hartert, E. 1925. Types of birds in the Tring Museum. B. Types in the general collection. Novitates Zoologicae 32: 138-157
• Hartert, E. 1930. III. List of the birds collected by Ernst Mayr. Novitates Zoologicae 36: 27-128
• Hartert, E. & Stresemann, E. 1925. Ueber die indoaustralischen Glanzkuckucke (Chalcites). Novitates Zoologicae 32: 158-163
• Hartlaub, C.J.G 1846. Erst. Nachtr. Verz. Vögelsamml. Bremen.
• Hartlaub, C.J.G. 1852. Sur une nouvelle espèce du genre Pomatorhinus de la Nouvelle-Hollandiae. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie (Paris) 2 4: 316
• Hartlaub, C.J.G. 1864. [Title not located]. Journal of Ornithology
• Hartlaub, G. & Finsch, O. 1871. On a collection of birds from Savai and Rarotonga Islands in the Pacific. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1871: 21-32
• Hatch, J.H. 1977. Further notes on the birds of Kangaroo Island. South Australian Ornithologist 27: 193-194
• Heine, F. 1860. Ueber einige neue oder weniger bekannte vögel des "Museum Heineanum". Journal of Ornithology 7: 401-407
• Heine, F. & Reichenow, A. 1890. Nomenclator Musei Heineani Ornithologici. Berlin : R. Friedländer & Sohn Bd vi 373 pp. [publication dated as 1882–1890]
• Heine, F. & Reichenow, A. 1890. Nomenclator Musei Heineani Ornithologici. Verzeichniss der Vogel-Sammlung des Königlichen Oberamtmanns Ferdinand Heine. Berlin : R. Friedländer pp. , vi + 373.
• Heinroth, O. 1900. Poephila hecki nov. spec. Oriental Insects 8: 22 [Date published Feb 1900]
• Hellmayr, C.E. 1901. Kritische Bemerkungen ueber die Paridae, Sittidae und Certhiidae. 49th Year. Journal of Ornithology 1901(2): 171-190 [Date published Apr 1901]
• Hellmayr, C.E. 1914. I. Die Avifauna von Timor. In, Haniel, C.B. Zoologie von Timor. Stuttgart : E. Schweizerbartschen, Ngele & Sproesser. vi 112 pp. 1 pl.
• Henderson, R. 1972. First record of the Naretha Parrot in South Australia. The Emu 72: 114
• Henderson, R. 1977. Breeding records of the Scarlet-chested Parrot in the Great Victora Desert, and further records in the lower north-east. South Australian Ornithologist 27: 222-223
• Hermann, J. 1783. Tabula Affinitatum Animalium, olim academico specimene edita nunc uberiore commentario illustrata cum annotationibus ad historiam naturalem animalium augendam facientibus. Argentorati : J.G. Treuttel 370 pp. [published before Nov. 5 or 15]
• Hermes, N., Evans, O. & Evans, B. 1986. Norfolk Island birds: a review 1985. Notornis 33: 141-149 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.; Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240)]
• Heuglin, M.T. 1861. [title]. Journal of Ornithology 9(51)
• Hicks, J. 1980. An Annotated Bibliography of the Natural History of Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Canberra : Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service 27 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1942. Additions to the list of Australian birds and other notes. Australian Zoologist 10(suppl.): 161–166 (cf. Iredale, T. 1937. J.R. & G. Forster, naturalists. Emu 37: 95–99)]
• Hicks, J. & Yorkston, H. 1982. Notes on the breeding of the Christmas Island Imperial Pigeon Ducula whartoni. Australian Bird Watcher 9: 247-251
• Higgins, P.J. (ed.) 1999. Handbook of Australian, New Zealand and Antarctic Birds. Parrots to Dollarbird. Melbourne : Oxford University Press Vol. 4.
• Hill, L.H. 1955. Notes on the habits and breeding of the Tasmanian Masked Owl. The Emu 55: 203-210
• Hinde, R.A. & Putnam, R.J. 1973. Why Budgerigars breed in continuous darkness. Journal of Zoology, London 170: 485-491
• Hindwood, K.A. 1938. John Gould in Australia. The Emu 38: 95-118
• Hindwood, K.A. 1940. The birds of Lord Howe Island. The Emu 40: 1-86 pl. 1
• Hindwood, K.A. 1942. Notes on the Coucal. The Emu 41: 249-252 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240)]
• Hindwood, K.A. 1942. The Crested Bellbird (Oreoica gutturalis) in eastern coastal Australia. The Emu 42(2): 119-121 [Date published 1 OCt 1942]
• Hindwood, K.A. 1944. Notes on the type locality of the Red-winged Parrot. The Emu 44: 72-73
• Hindwood, K.A. 1946. A list of the types and paratypes of birds from Australian localities in the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales. Records of the Australian Museum 21: 386-393
• Hindwood, K.A. 1947. Nesting habits of the Kookaburra or Laughing Jackass (Dacelo gigas). The Emu 47: 113-130
• Hindwood, K.A. 1947. Occurrence of the Crested Pigeon near Sydney, NSW. The Emu 47: 63-64
• Hindwood, K.A. 1950. Pardalotus xanthopygus: A competition in "Christening". The Emu 49(3): 205-208 [Date published 31 Jan 1950]
• Hindwood, K.A. 1954. The distribution of the Coucal (Centropus phasianinus) in Australia. The Emu 54: 1-6
• Hindwood, K.A. 1959. The Purple-crowned Pigeon in south-eastern Australia. The Emu 59: 219-220
• Hindwood, K.A. 1965. John Hunter: A naturalist and artist of the First Fleet. The Emu 65: 83-95
• Hindwood, K.A. 1970. The "Watling" drawings, with incidental notes on the "Lambert" and the "Latham" drawings. Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales 1968–69: 16-32 pls IV-VII
• Hindwood, K.A. & Sharland, M. 1964. The Swift Parrot. The Emu 63: 310-326
• Hinsby, K.B. 1947. The Orange-bellied Parakeet. The Emu 47: 67-68 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Hodges, M. 1961. Nesting of the Ground Parrot. The Emu 61: 218-221
• Hodgson, B.H. 1836. Notices of the ornithology of Nepal. Asiatic Researches. Calcutta 19: 143-192
• Hodgson, B.H. 1837. Additions to the ornithology of Nepal. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 5: 770-781 [publication dated as 1836]
• Hodgson, B.H. 1837. Indication of a new genus belonging to the Strigine family, with description of the new species and type. Madras Journal of Literature and Science 5: 23-25 [publication date Mathews, G.M. 1920. Dates of ornithological works. Austral Avian Records 4: 1–27 Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240)]
• Hodgson, B.H. 1837. [Title not found]. Indian Review and Journal of Foreign Science and the Arts 1(8)
• Hodgson, B.H. 1843. Mr Blyth's report for December meeting, 1842, with addenda subsequently appended. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 12: 925-1011
• Hodgson, B.H. In Gray, J.E. 1844. The Zoological Miscellany. London : Treuttel, Wurtz & Co. 86 pp. 3 pls. [published between 1831–1844]
• Hoeven, J.van der 1855. Handboek der Dierkunde. Tweede, verbeterde en vermeerderde uitgave Vol. 2 J.C.A. Sulpke, Amsterdam. 2nd Edition. i-xxviii 1-1068.
• Hogg, J 1846. On the Classification of Birds, and particularly of the Genera of European Birds. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 41: 50-71
• Holmes, G. 1981. Field identification of the Marbled Frogmouth. Australian Birds 15: 74-75
• Holyoak, D.T. 1970. Structural characters supporting the recognition of the genus Eolophus for Cacatua roseicapilla. The Emu 70: 200
• Holyoak, D.T. 1970. The relation of the parrot genus Opopsitta to Psittaculirostris. The Emu 70: 198
• Holyoak, D.T. 1972. Adaptive significance of bill shape in the Palm Cockatoo (Probosciger aterrimus). Aviculture Magazine 78: 99-100
• Holyoak, D.T. 1972. The relation of Nymphicus to the Cacatuinae. The Emu 72: 77-78
• Holyoak, D.T. 1973. Comments on taxonomy and relationships in the parrot subfamilies Nestorinae, Loriinae and Platycercinae. The Emu 73: 157-176
• Homberger, D.G. 1980. Funktionell-morphologische Untersuchungen zur Radiation der Ernährungs—und Trinkmethoden der Papageien (Psittaci). Bonner Zoologische Monographien 13: 1-192
• Homberger, D.G. 1991. The evolutionary history of parrots and cockatoos: a model for evolution in the Australasian avifauna. pp. 398–403 in, Acta XX Congressus Internationalis Ornithologici. Wellington : New Zealand Ornithological Trust Board Vol. 1. 642 pp.
• Hombron, J.B. & Jacquinot, C.H. 1841. Description de plusieurs oiseaux nouveaux ou peu connus, provenant de l'expèdition autour du monde faite sur les corvettes l'Astrolabe et la Zélée. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Zoologie 2 16: 312-320
• Hombron, J.B. & Jacquinot, H. 1841. Description de plusieurs Oiseaux nouveaux ou peu connus, provenant de l'expedition autour du monde faite sur les corvettes l'Astrolabe et la Zelee. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Paris 2 16: 312-320
• Homeyer, A. von 1852. [Title not located]. Naumannia 2
• Hopper, S.D. 1980. Pollen and nectar feeding by Purple-crowned Lorikeets on Eucalyptus occidentalis. The Emu 80: 239-340
• Hopper, S.D. & Burbidge, A.A. 1979. Feeding behaviour of a Purple-crowned Lorikeet on flowers of Eucalyptus buprestium. The Emu 80: 40-42
• Horne, G. 1907. New Variety of Zosterops. The Emu 7: 35-36 [Date published 1 Jul 1907]
• Horsfield, T. 1821. Systematic arrangement and description of birds from the island of Java. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 13: 133-200
• Horsfield, T. 1821. Zoological Researches in Java and the neighbouring islands. London.
• Horsfield, T. & Moore, F. 1854. A Catalogue of Birds in the Museum of the Hon. East-India Company. London : W. H. Allen Vol. 1 384 pp.
• Horton, W. 1975. The birds of Mt. Isa. Sunbird 6: 49-69
• Howard, R. & Moore, A. 2003. Complete Checklist of Birds of the World. United Kingdom : Christopher Helm Edn 3.
• Howe, F.E. 1918. Description of a new sub-species of Hylacola pyrrhopygia (Vig. & Hors.). The Emu 18: 59 [Date published 1 Jul 1918]
• Howe, F.E. 1921. The Genus Climacteris (Tree-Creepers). The Emu 21(1): 32-41 [Date published 1 Jul 1921]
• Howe, F.E. & Ross, J.A. 1933. On the occurrence of Psophodes nigrogularis in Victoria. The Emu 32(3): 133-148 [Date published 2 Jan 1933]
• Hume, A.O. 1873. Nests and Eggs of Indian Birds. Calcutta 236 pp.
• Hutchinson, R.E. 1974. Temporal patterning of external stimuli and reproductive behaviour in female Budgerigars. Animal Behaviour 22: 150-157
• Hutchinson, R.E. 1977. Temporal relationships between nesting behaviour, ovary and oviduct development during the reproductive cycle of female Budgerigars. Behaviour 60: 278-303
• Hyem, E.L. 1933. Glossy Black Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus lathami). The Emu 33: 56-58 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]]
• Hyem, E.L. 1979. Observations on owls in the Upper Manning River District, NSW. Corella 3: 17-25
• Hyett, J. 1966. Dollar-birds nesting in southern Victoria. The Emu 66: 123-131
• ICZN 2009. Opinion 2231 (case 3415). Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature 66(3): 293-294
• ICZN 2009. Opinion 2240 (Case 3418). Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature 66(4): 375-378
• ICZN 2010. Columba norfolciensis Latham, 1801 (Aves, COLUMBIDAE): name suppressed. Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature 67(2): 192-193
• ICZN 2010. Diomedea malanophris Temminck, 1828 (currently Thalassarche melanophris; Aves, Procellariformes): original spelling of specific name conserved. Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature 67(3): 194-195
• Illiger, J.C.W. 1811. Prodromus Systematis Mammalium et Avium, additis terminis zoographicis utriusque classis, eorumque versione Germanica. Berolini : Sumptibus C. Salfeld xvii 301 pp.
• Illiger, J.C.W. 1816. Tabellarische Üebersicht der Vertheilung der Vöegel üeber die Erde. Abhandlungen der Königlich-Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Berlin 1816: 221-236
• Imber, M.J. & Tennyson, A.J.D. 2001. A new petrel species (Procellaridae) from the south-west Pacific. The Emu 101: 123-127
• Immelmann, K. 1965. Australian Finches in Bush and Aviary. Sydney : Angus & Robertson.
• Immelmann, K. 1966. Die australischen Plattschweifsittiche. Wittenberg, Lutherstadt : A. Ziemsen (Die Neue Brehm-Bücherei) 128 pp.
• Ingersoll, A.W. & Fisher, C.T. 2006. Type specimens of birds in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Draft. pp. 1-355
• Ingram, C 1906. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 16(126): 115-116 [Date published 10 Jul 1906]
• Ingram, C. 1908. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 21(143): 99-100 [Date published 30 May 1908]
• Ingram, G. 1976. Birds from some islands of the Torres Strait. Sunbird 7: 67-76
• Ingram, G.J. 1987. Avian type specimems in the Queensland Museum. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 25: 239-254
• Ingram, G.J. 1991. The status of birds. pp. 346-348 in Ingram, G.J. & Raven, R.J. (eds). An Atlas of Queensland's Frogs, Reptiles, Birds and Mammals. Brisbane : Queensland Museum 391 pp.
• Ingram, G.J., Longmore, N.W. & Vernon, D.P. 1986. Birds from Booby Island. Sunbird 16: 12-24
• International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature 1996. Opinion 1833. Psittacus banksii Latham, 1790 and P. lathami Temminck, 1807 (currently Clayptorhynchus banksii and C. lathami; Aves, Psittaciformes): specific names conserved. Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature 53(1): 74-75
• International Ornithological Committee 2003. List of International English Names of Birds of the World.
• International Ornithological Committee 2003. List of International English Names of Birds of the World. ***.
• Irby, F.M. 1927. Further notes on rare parrots. The Emu 27: 13-16
• Iredale, T. 1911. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 27(170): 97-98 [Date published 26 May 1911]
• Iredale, T. 1922. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 43(272): 39 [Date published 29 Nov 1922]
• Iredale, T. 1930. Some Notable Name Changes. The Australian Zoologist 6(2): 175 [Date published 14 Jan 1930]
• Iredale, T. 1946. A new Australian parrot. The Emu 46: 1-2 pl. 1
• Iredale, T. 1956. Birds of New Guinea. Melbourne : Georgian House Vol. 1 xv 230 pp.
• Iredale, T. 1956. Birds of New Guinea. Melbourne : Georgian House Vol. 2 xv 261 pp.
• Isles, A.C. & Menkhorst, P.W. 1975. Ground Parrot habitat at Sand-Patch Point, Victoria. Australian Bird Watcher 6: 41-44
• Jack, N. 1978. An old record of the Turquoise Parrot. Sunbird 9: 17
• Jameson, W. 1839. [title]. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 8
• Jardine, W. 1831. Descriptions of new or little known species of birds. Edinburgh Journal of Natural History and Geographical Science ns 3: 209-212 [Date published Apr 1831]
• Jardine, W. 1850. Contributions to Ornithology. Edinburgh : W. H. Lizars.
• Jardine, W. 1867. Untitled. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1867: 558 [Date published Apr 1867]
• Jardine, W. & Selby, P.J. 1827. Illustrations of Ornithology. Edinburgh : W.H. Lizars Series Vol. 2.
• Jardine, W. & Selby, P.J. 1827. Illustrations of Ornithology. Edinburgh : W.H. Lizars Series.
• Jardine, W. & Selby, P.J. 1828. Illustrations of Ornithology. Edinburgh : W.H. Lizars Series.
• Jardine, W. & Selby, P.J. 1830. Illustrations of Ornithology. Edinburgh : W.H. Lizars Series Vol. 1 Pt 7 pls 101-111.
• Jardine, W. & Selby, P.J. 1830. Illustrations of Ornithology. Edinburgh : Daniel Lizars Vol. 2.
• Jardine, W. & Selby, P.J. 1831. Illustrations of Ornithology. Edinburgh : W.H. Lizars Series Vol. 1 Pt 8 pls 106-120. [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B [publication dated as from preface, 12 June 1919 given in Appendix B] (Appendix B)]
• Jardine, W. & Selby, P.J. 1833. Illustrations of Ornithology. Edinburgh : W.H. Lizars New Series Vol. 3 pl. 134 and text.
• Jardine, W. & Selby, P.J. 1835. Illustrations of Ornithology. Edinburgh : W.H. Lizars Series Vol. 1 Pt 10 pls 136-151.
• Jardine, W. & Selby, P.J. 1840. Illustrations of Ornithology. Edinburgh : W.H. Lizars Series Vol. 4.
• Jarman, H. 1965. The Orange-breasted Parrot. Australian Bird Watcher 2: 155-167 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Jarman, H. 1968. The Scarlet-chested Parrot Neophema splendida. Australian Bird Watcher 3: 111-122
• Jarman, H. 1973. The Turquoise Parrot. Australian Bird Watcher 4: 239-250
• Jarman, H. 1974. The Rock Parrot. Australian Bird Watcher 5: 237-245
• Jarman, H. 1979. The corellas in Victoria and the Riverina, NSW. Australian Bird Watcher 8(4): 103-117 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Jarocki, F.P. 1821. Aves. Zoologiia czyli Zwiérzetopismo ogólne podlug náynowszego systematu. Warsaw : D. Latkiewicza & U. Senatorskiey Vol. 2 467 pp.
• Jenkins, C.F.H. 1931. The genus Barnardius. The Emu 30: 258-260
• Jenkins, C.F.H. 1969. Notes on the feeding habits of some Western Australian birds. Western Australian Naturalist 11: 52-53
• Jennings, J. 1827. Ornithologia; or The Birds: a poem, in two parts; with an introduction to their natural history; and copious notes. London : Poole & Edwards xxix 468 pp. [publication dated as 1828 Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B]
• Johnson, C.N. 1983. Courtship feeding and mating in the Channel-billed Cuckoo. Corella 7: 44 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Johnson, K.P. & Sorenson, M.D. 1998. Comparing molecular evolution in two mitochondrial protein coding genes (cytochrome b and ND2) in the dabbling ducks (tribe: Anatini). Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 10: 82-94
• Johnson, K.P. & Sorenson, M.D. 1999. Phylogeny and biogeography of dabbling ducks (genus: Anas): a comparison of molecular and morphological evidence. Auk 116: 792-805
• Johnston, R.F. 1962. The taxonomy of pigeons. Condor 64: 69-74
• Johnstone, R.E. 1981. Notes on the distribution, ecology and taxonomy of the Partridge Pigeon (Geophaps smithii) and Spinifex Pigeon (Geophaps plumifera) in Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 9: 49-64
• Johnstone, R.E. 1981. Notes on the distribution, ecology and taxonomy of the Red-crowned Pigeon (Ptilinopus regina) and Torres Strait Pigeon (Ducula bicolor) in Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 9: 7-22
• Johnstone, R.E. 1983. A review of the Mangrove Kingfisher, Halcyon chloris (Boddaert) in Australia, with a description of a new subspecies from Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 11: 25-31
• Johnstone, R.E. 1984. Notes on the distribution and ecology of the Green-winged Pigeon Chalcophaps indica (Linnaeus) in Western Australia, with comments on subspeciation in the Australian region. Western Australian Naturalist 16: 4-8
• Johnstone, R.E. 1992. Notes on the distribution, ecology and taxonomy of the Peaceful Dove Geopelia striata in Western Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 19: 10-17
• Johnstone, R.E. 2001. Checklist of the birds of Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 63: 75-90
• Johnstone, R.E. & Storr, G.M. 2004. Handbook of Western Australian birds. Passerines (Blue-winged Pitta to Goldfinch). Perth : Western Australian Museum Vol. 2 x 5299 pp.
• Jones, D. 1987. Feeding ecology of the Cockatiel, Nymphicus hollandicus, in a grain-growing area. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 105-115
• Jordan, R. 1988. The use of mist nets and radiotelemetry in the study of the Ground Parrot Pezoporus wallicus in Barren Grounds Nature Reserve, New South Wales. Corella 12: 18-21
• Joseph, L. 1976. Recent records of the Scarlet-chested Parrot. South Australian Ornithologist 27: 144-145
• Joseph, L. 1978. Range and movements of the Regent Parrot in South Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 28: 26-27
• Joseph, L. 1981. The origin of the population of the Glossy Black Cockatoo on Kangaroo Island. South Australian Naturalist 56: 46-47
• Joseph, L. 1982. Distribution records of the Red-tailed Black Cookatoo in south-eastern Australia. Australian Bird Watcher 9: 217-221 [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Joseph, L. 1982. The Glossy Black-Cockatoo on Kangaroo Island. The Emu 82: 46-49 [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Joseph, L. 1982. The Red-tailed Black-Cockatoo in south-eastern Australia. The Emu 82: 42-45 [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Joseph, L. 1984. Bourke's Parrot in the Gawler Ranges. South Australian Ornithologist 29: 119
• Joseph, L. 1985. Sexual dimorphism in the Blue Bonnet. Corella 9: 30-31
• Joseph, L. 1989. The Glossy Black Cockatoo in the south Mount Lofty Ranges. South Australian Ornithologist 30: 202-204 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]]
• Joseph, L. 2011. Museum collections in ornithology: today’s record of avian biodiversity for tomorrow’s world. Emu 111: i–xii
• Joseph, L. & Hope, R. 1984. Aspects of genetic relationships and variation in parrots of the Crimson Rosella Platycercus elegans complex (Aves: Psittacidae). Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 108: 77-84
• Joseph, L., Slikas, B., Alpers, D. & Schodde, R. 2001. Molecular systematics and phylogeny of New Guinean logrunners (Orthonychidae). The Emu 101: 273-280
• Joshua, S.F. & Parker, J.S. 1993. Phylogenetic studies of the cockatoos. pp. 130-136 in Low, R. (ed.). Cockatoos in Aviculture. Place of publication unknown : Blandford.
• Jouanin, C. 1955. Une nouvelle espèce de Procellariidé. Oiseau Revue Français d'Ornithologie 25: 155-161
• Junge, G.C.A. 1937. Further notes on the birds of Simalur. Temminckia 2: 197-202
• Junge, G.C.A. 1937. The birds of south New Guinea Part 1 Non Passeres. Nova Guinea ns 1: 125-188
• Junge, G.C.A. [Marshall, J.] 1985. Nightjar. pp. 394-395 in Campbell, B. & Lack, E. (eds). A Dictionary of Birds. Calton : T. & A.D. Poyser xxx 670 pp.
• Kaup, J. 1829. Skizzirte Entwickelungs-Geschichte und Natürliches System der Europäischen Thierwelt. Leipzig : C.W. Leske xii 204 pp.
• Kaup, J.J. 1844. Classification der Säugethiere und Vögel. Darmstadt : C.W. Leske x 144 pp.
• Kaup, J.J. 1848. Familie Eisvögel. Verhandlungen Vereins der Grossherz. Hessen Darmstadt 2: 1-81
• Kaup, J.J. 1848. Uebersicht der Eulen (Strigidae). Isis Oken 10: col. 753-772 [For publication date Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Whittell, H.M. 1954. The Literature of Australian Birds: a History and Bibliography of Australian Ornithology. Perth : Paterson Brokensha xi 116 788 pp.]
• Kaup, J.J. 1851. Corrigiste Uebersicht der Falconidae. Archiv für Naturgeschichte 1851: 104
• Kaup, J.J. 1852. Monograph of the Owls—Strigidae, Pt 1. pp. 119-130 in Jardine, W. (ed.). Contributions to Ornithology for 1851. Edinburgh : W.H. Lizars 163 pp.
• Kaup, J.J. 1852. Monograph of the Owls—Strigidae, Pt 2. pp. 103-122 in Jardine, W. (ed.). Contributions to Ornithology for 1852. Edinburgh : W.H. Lizars 162 pp. [publication dated as 1853 Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Kaup, J.J. 1859. Monograph of the Strigidae. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London 4: 201-260
• Kaveny, M. 1979. The Superb Parrot in the central west of New South Wales. Australian Birds 13: 47
• Keartland, G.A. 1905. The range of the Princess of Wales Parakeet Spathopterus alexandrae. Victorian Naturalist 22: 83-84
• Keast, A 1958. Seasonal movements and geographic variations in the Australian Woodswallows. The Emu 58: 207-218
• Keast, A. 1957. Variation and speciation in the genus Climacteris Temminck (Aves: Sittidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 5: 474-495
• Keast, A. 1957. Variation in the Australian kingfishers (Aves: Alcedinidae). Records of the Australian Museum 24: 61-72
• Keast, A. 1961. Bird speciation on the Australian continent. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 123: 307-495
• Keast, D. 1977. Unusual sightings of Azure Kingfisher. Corella 1: 80-81
• Keast, J.A. 1958. Geographic variation in the Weebill, Smicrornis brevirostris (Gould) (Passeres: Muscicapidae, Malurinae), a sedentary species with a continuous range. Australian Journal of Zoology 6: 152-161
• Keast, J.A. 1958. Speciation in the genus Amytornis Stejneger (Passeres: Muscicapidae, Malurinae) in Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 6: 33-52
• Keast, J.A. 1958. The relationship between seasonal movements and the development of geographic variation in the Australian chats (Epthianura Gould and Ashbyia North (Passeres: Muscicapidae, Malurinae). Australian Journal of Zoology 6: 53-68
• Keller, D. & Keller, R. 1977. A nesting Plumed Pigeon photographed at Mt. Isa, Qld. Australian Bird Watcher 7: 62-63
• Kent, D.S. & Boles, W.E. 1984. Observations on the diet of the Christmas Island Owl. Corella 8: 93-94
• Kerr, R. 1792. The Animal Kingdom, or Zoological System, of the celebrated Sir Charles Linnaeus; being a translation of that part of the Systema Naturae, as lately published, with great improvements, by Professor Gmelin of Goettingen. Class II. Birds. London : J. Murray & R. Faulder xii 644 pp. [Pt 2, late 1792 Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]
• Kershaw, J.A. 1919. A new pigeon recorded for Australia - the Red-cered Pigeon (Globicera rubricera). The Emu 18: 239 pl. XXXV
• Keyserling, A.F. & J.H. Blasius 1840. Die Wirbelthiere Europa's; Die Unterscheidenden Charactere. Braunschweig : Friedrich Vieweg Vol. 1 xcviii 248 pp.
• Kidder, J.H. & E. Coues 1876. Contributions to the Natural History of Kerguelen Island made in connection with the American Transit of Venus Expedition, 1874-75. III A study of Chionis minor with reference to its structure and systematic position. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 1: 85-116 [publication date]
• Kikkawa, J. 2003. The Capricorn White-eye Zosterops chlorocephalus. Sunbird 33(2): 64-76
• Kikkawa, J. & Boles, W.E. 1976. Seabird Island, No. 15. Heron Island, Queensland. Australian Bird Bander 14(1): 5-6
• Kimball, R.T., Braun, E.L. Zwartjes, P.W., Crowe, T.M. & Ligon, I.D. 1999. A molecular phylogeny of the pheasants and partridges suggests that these lineages are not monophyletic. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 11: 38-54
• King, P.P. 1826. Narrative of a Survey of the Intertropical and Western Coasts of Australia. Performed between the years 1818 and 1822. London : John Murray Vol. 2 viii 637 pp.
• Kinghorn, J.R. 1925. Notes on two pigeons of the genus Globicera. The Emu 24: 286-289
• Kinghorn, J.R. 1929. Barnardius occidentalis North and its allies. The Emu 29: 1-4 pl. 1
• Kinnear, N.B. 1924. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 44(286): 68-69 [Date published 12 Mar 1924]
• Klapste, J. 1980. Rainbow Bee-eater: playful behaviour and other observations. Australian Bird Watcher 8: 252-253 [Chisholm, A.H. 1929. Australia's Lorilet Puzzle. Emu 29: 81–85 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.] Whitley, G.P. 1938. New species in newspapers. Emu 38: 63–64]
• Kleinschmidt, O. 1909. Fringilla caelebs gengleri form. nov. Falco Halle 5: 13
• Kloot, T. 1969. Courtship feeding in Horsfield Bronze Cuckoo. The Emu 69: 116
• Kloot, T. & Aston, H.I. 1983. Night roosting of the Rainbow Bee-eater Merops ornatus. Australian Bird Watcher 10: 104-105 [Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1833–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Knox, A.G. 1980. Feather protein evidence for the relationships of African Halcyon species. Ibis 122: 72-74
• Koch, K.L. 1816. System der baierischen Zoologie. Nürnberg : Steinischen Buchhandlung Vol. 1 xlviii 435 pp.
• Koenig, L. 1951. Beiträge zu einem Aktionssystem des Bienenfressers (Merops apiaster L.). Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie 8: 169-210
• Krefft, G. 1869. [Untitled in Letters, Announcements, &c.]. Ibis 2 5: 348-350
• Kuhl, H. 1820. Beiträge zur Zoologie und vergleichenden Anatomie. Abth. 1. Frankfurt-am-Main.
• Kuhl, H. 1820. Conspectus Psittacorum. Cum specierum definitionibus, novarum descriptionibus, synonymis et circa patriam singularum naturalem adversariis, adjecto indice museorum, ubi earum artificiosae exuviae servantur. Nova Acta Physico-Medica Academiae Caesareae Leopoldino-Carolinae 10: 1-104 pls I-III [For publication date Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Kuroda, N. 1967. Psittacidae of the World. Tokyo : Ornithol. Soc. Japan 849 pp.
• Lack, D. 1956. A review of the genera and nesting habits of swifts. Auk 73: 1-32
• Lack, D. 1956. Spine-tailed Swifts of the old world. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 76: 72-73
• Lack, D. 1956. The species of Apus. Ibis 98: 34-62
• Lacépède, B.-G. 1801. [title]. Memorie de l'Institute de Paris iii
• Lacépède, B.G.É. (as Lacepède) 1799. Discours d'Ouverture et de Clôture du Cours d'Histoire Naturelle Donné dans le Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, 1'an VII de la République, et tableaux méthodiques des mammifères et des oiseaux. Paris : Plassan 94 pp. [publication date established from Sherborn, C.D. 1899. Lacepède's 'Tableaux...des mammifères et des oiseaux,' 1799. Nat. Sci., Lond. 15: 406–409 [409]]
• Lafresnaye, F Baron 1842. Magasin de Zoologie. Series 2, année 4. Oiseaux.
• Lafresnaye, F. 1834. Sur certaines espèces du genre Calypthorhynchus Vig. et Hors. Magasin de Zoologie (Paris) 1834: pls XXIV-XXVIII
• Lafresnaye, N.F.A.A. 1833. Memoire sur la réunion prolongée des doigts externe et intermediaire, chez plusieurs espèces de l'ordre Passereaux, nefaisant paspartie des Syndactyles de Cuvier, ni du groupe composé des genres Manakin, Coq de Roche, et Eurylaime. Oiseaux. Magasin de Zoologie (Paris) 3
• Lanyon, S.M. in Sibley, C.G. & Ahlquist, J.E. 1990. Phylogeny and Classification of Birds. A Study in Molecular Evolution. New Haven : Yale University Press.
• Latham, J. 1781. A General Synopsis of Birds. London : B. White Vol. 1 vi 416 pp. 16 pls.
• Latham, J. 1782. A General Synopsis of Birds. London : B. White Vol. 1 vi 788 pp. 35 pls. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Latham, J. 1783. A General Synopsis of Birds. London : Leigh & Sotheby Vol. 2 ii 808 pp. 36-69 pls.
• Latham, J. 1787. Supplement to the General Synopsis of Birds. London : Leigh & Sotheby iii 298 pp. 109-119 pls. [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Latham, J. 1790. Index ornithologicus, sive Systema Ornithologiae; complectens avium divisionem in classes, ordines, genera, species, ipsarumque varietates: adjectis synonymis, locis, descriptionibus, &c. London : Leigh & Sotheby Vol. 1 & 2 xviii 920 pp. [published Dec. Mathews, G.M. 1927. Systema Avium Australasianarum. A systematic list of the birds of the Australasian region. London : British Ornithologists' Union Pt 1 iv 426 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1913. A List of the Birds of Australia containing the names and synonyms connected with each genus, species, and subspecies of birds found in Australia, at present known to the author. London : Witherby xxvii 453 pp.]
• Latham, J. 1801. Supplementum Indicis Ornithologici, sive Systematis Ornithologiae. London : G. Leigh, J. & S. Sotheby 74 pp.
• Latham, J. 1802. Supplement II. to the General Synopsis of Birds. London : Leigh, Sotheby & Son 376 pp. 120-140 pls. [publication dated as 1801]
• Lauder, T.D. & Brown, T. 1833. The Miscellany of Natural History. Parrots. Edinburgh : Fraser & Co. Vol. 1 170-22 pp. 35 pls.
• Lavery, H.J. & Grimes, R.J. 1974. Purple-crowned Pigeon at Townsville, Queensland. The Emu 74: 53-54
• Lawson, F. 1905. A visit to Rottnest Island. The Emu 4(3): 129-132
• Layard, E.L. 1878. Untitled letter. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1878: 655 [Date published 30 Mar 1878]
• Le Souëf, D. 1897. Descriptions of some new or little-known Bird's-eggs from Queensland. Ibis 7 3(xi): 392-399 [Date published Jul 1897]
• Le Souëf, D. 1909. Description of a new Shrike-Robin. The Emu 9: 70-71 [Date published 1 Oct 1909]
• Le Souëf, D. 1910. Description of a new Queensland lorikeet. The Emu 10: 204-205
• LeCroy, M. 2003. Type specimens of birds in the American Museum of Natural History. Part 5. Passeriformes: Alaudidae, Hirundidae, Motacillidae, Campephagidae, Pycnonotidae, Irenidae, Laniidae, Vangidae, Bombycillidae, Dulidae, Cinclidae, Troglodytidae, and Mimidae. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 278: 1-156 [Date published 30 Sep 2003]
• LeCroy, M. 2005. Type specimens of birds in the American Museum of Natural History. Part 6. Passeriformes: Prunellidae, Turdidae, Orthonychidae, Timaliidae, Paradoxornithidae, Picathartidae and Polioptilidae. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 292: 1-132 [Date published 5 May 2005]
• Lea, A.M. & Gray, J.T. 1935. The food of Australian birds. An analysis of the stomach contents. The Emu 34: 275-292
• Lea, A.M. & Gray, J.T. 1935. The food of Australian birds. An analysis of the stomach contents. Part II. The Emu 35: 63-98
• Leach, W.E. 1814. The Zoological Miscellany; being descriptions of new or interesting animals. London : E. Nodder & Son Vol. 1 149 pp. 60 pls.
• Leach, W.E. 1815. The Zoological Miscellany; being descriptions of new, or interesting animals. Illustrated by R.P. Nodder. London : Nodder & Son Vol. 2 154 pp. pls 61-120.
• Leach, W.E. 1816. Systematic Catalogue of the Specimens of the Indigenous Mammals and Birds that are preserved in the British Museum. London : British Museum.
• Leach, W.E. 1819. App. ii, p. lvii. In, Ross, J. (ed.). A Voyage of Discovery: Made Under the Orders of the Admiralty, in His Majesty's Ships Isabella and Alexander for the purpose of exploring Baffin's Bay and enquiring into the probability of a North-West Passage. London : Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown.
• Leach, W.E. 1820. Eleventh Room. pp. 65-70 in Leach, W.E. Synopsis of the Contents of the British Museum. London : British Museum.
• Leach, W.E. 1821. Descriptions of three Species of the genus Glareola. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 13(1): 131-132 [publication date]
• Lear, E. 1830. Illustrations of the family of Psittacidae, or Parrots: the greater part of them species hitherto unfigured, containing forty-two lithographic plates, drawn from life, and on stone. London : E. Lear 42 pls. [Pt II, published Nov-Dec. 1830, publication dated as 1830–1832]
• Lear, E. 1831. Illustrations of the family of Psittacidae, or Parrots: the greater part of them species hitherto unfigured, containing forty-two lithographic plates, drawn from life, and on stone. London : E. Lear 42 pls. [Pt III, published Jan. 1931, publication dated as 1830–1832]
• Lear, E. 1831. Illustrations of the family of Psittacidae, or Parrots: the greater part of them species hitherto unfigured, containing forty-two lithographic plates, drawn from life, and on stone. London : E. Lear 42 pls. [Pl. 8, Pt VIII, published Oct. 1831, publication dated as 1830–1832]
• Lear, E. 1831. Illustrations of the family of Psittacidae, or Parrots: the greater part of them species hitherto unfigured, containing forty-two lithographic plates, drawn from life, and on stone. London : E. Lear 42 pls, Pt VI. [published between 1830–1832; Pt VI, Aug. 1831]
• Lear, E. 1832. Illustrations of the family of Psittacidae, or Parrots: the greater part of them species hitherto unfigured, containing forty-two lithographic plates, drawn from life, and on stone. London : E. Lear 42 pls. [Pt XII, published 1832, publication dated as 1830–1832]
• Leeton, P.R.J., Christidis, L., Westerman, M. & Boles, W.E. 1994. Molecular phylogenetic relationships of the Night Parrot (Geopsittacus occidentalis) and the Ground Parrot (Pezoporus wallicus). Auk 111: 833-843
• Legge, W.V. 1887. Systematic List of Tasmanian Birds. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1886: 235-245
• Legge, W.V. 1896. Notes on a Sericornis from Kent Group. Victorian Naturalist 13(6): 84 [Date published Oct 1896]
• Leggett, R. & Woodall, P.F. 1987. Hybrid Scaly-breasted x Rainbow Lorikeets. Australian Bird Watcher 12: 122-126
• Leisler, J.P.A. 1812. Nachträge zu Bechstein's Naturgeschichte Deutschlands. Heft 1. Hanau : J.G. Scharneck xii + 100 pp.
• Lendon, A.H. 1940. Eggs of the Cloncurry Parrot. South Australian Ornithologist 15: 82
• Lendon, A.H. 1970. The breeding of the Corella (Long-billed or Slender-billed Cockatoo). Aviculture Magazine 76: 236-238 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Lendon, A.H. 1973. Australian Parrots in Field and Aviary. The comprehensive revised edition of Neville Cayley's standard work. Sydney : Angus & Robertson xxx 342 pp. XIII pls.
• Lepechin 1770. Novi Comment Academiae Scientifiarum imp. Petropoli. Condon (1975) p. 148.
• Lesson, L.P. 1831. Traité d'Ornithologie, ou Tableau Méthodique des ordres, sous-ordres, familles, tribus, genres, sous-genres et races d'oiseaux. livr. 6. Paris : F.G. Levrault. [Date published 1 Mar 1831]
• Lesson, L.P. 1838. Oiseaux. In, Bougainville, H.Y.P.P. (ed.). Journal de la Navigation autour du Globe de la Fregate Thetis et de la Corvette l'Esperance pendant les années 1824, 1825, et 1826. Par M. le Baron de Bougainville, Capitaine de Vaisseau, Chevalier de Saint-Loius et de l'ordre des Cincinnati. Commandant de la Legion d'Honneur. Chef de l'Expedition. Publie par ordre du Roi sous des auspices du departement da la marine. (2 vols). Paris Vol. 2.
• Lesson, L.P. 1839. Liste d'oiseaux nouveaux de la collection du docteur Abeille de Bordeaux. Revue de Zoologie, Paris 2 [Date published Jun 1839]
• Lesson, R.P. 1825. Observations générales d'histoire naturelle, faites pendant un voyage dans les Montagnes-Bleues de la Nouvelle-Galles du Sud. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Paris 6: 241-266 [Date published Nov 1825]
• Lesson, R.P. 1827. Description du genre Todiramphe, et de deux espèces d'oiseaux qui le composent. Mémoires de la Société d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris 3: 419-422
• Lesson, R.P. 1827. Nouveau genre d'oiseau. Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles et de Géologie Férussac 11: 443-444 [publication dated as 1826]
• Lesson, R.P. 1828. Manuel d' Ornithologie, ou Description des Genres et des principales Espèces d'Oiseaux. Paris : Roret Vol. 2 448 pp.
• Lesson, R.P. 1830. Journal d'un voyage pittoresque autor du monde exécuté sur la corvette la Coquille, commandee par M.L.J. Duperrey pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824, 1825. Paris Vol. 1. [Date published 9 Jan 1830]
• Lesson, R.P. 1830. Traité d'Ornithologie, ou Tableau Méthodique des ordres, sous-ordres, familles, tribus, genres, sous-genres et races d'oiseaux. Paris : F.G. Levrault Vol. 1 xxxii 659 pp., Vol. 2 (Atlas) xii 119. [Date published July 1830: Livr. 3, July 1830, dated 1831; Livr. 6 published 1831]
• Lesson, R.P. 1830. Traité d'Ornithologie, ou Tableau Méthodique des ordres, sous-ordres, familles, tribus, genres, sous-genres et races d'oiseaux. Paris : F.G. Levrault Vol. 5.
• Lesson, R.P. 1830. Traité d'Ornithologie, ou Tableau méthodique des ordres, sous-ordres, familles, tribus, genres, sous-genres et races d'oiseaux. Paris : F.G. Levrault livr. 4, 241-320 15 pls. [publication dated 1831]
• Lesson, R.P. 1831. Traité d'Ornithologie, ou Tableau Méthodique des ordres, sous-ordres, familles, tribus, genres, sous-genres et races d'oiseaux. livr. 7. Paris : F.G. Levrault.
• Lesson, R.P. 1831. Traité d'Ornithologie, ou Tableau Méthodique des ordres, sous-ordres, familles, tribus, genres, sous-genres et races d'oiseaux. livr. 8. Paris : F.G. Levrault.
• Lesson, R.P. 1831. Traité d'Ornithologie, ou Tableau méthodique des ordres, sous-ordres, familles, tribus, genres, sous-genres et races d'oiseaux. Paris : F.G. Levrault Vol. 1 xxxii 659 pp., Vol. 2 (Atlas) xii pp.
• Lesson, R.P. 1835. Illustrations de Zoologie; ou Recueil de Figures d'Animaux peintes d'après Nature. Paris : Arthus Bertrand 103 pp. 60 pls. [printed without dates of publication]
• Lesson, R.P. 1837. Complément des Oevres de Buffon; ou, Histoire Naturelle des Animaux rares découverts par les naturalistes et les voyageurs depuis la mort de Buffon. Oiseaux. Paris : Pourrat Frères Vol. 9 550 pp.
• Lesson, R.P. 1837. Histoire naturelle. In, Bougainville, L.A. (ed.). Journal de la Navigation autour du Globe de la Frégate la Thétis et de la Corvette l' Espérance pendant les années 1824, 1825 et 1826. Paris : Arthus Bertrand Vol. 2 xvi 351 165 pp.
• Lesson, R.P. 1838. Complementé de Buffon; races humaines et mammifères. Revue, corrigée et augmentée par l'auteur. Oiseaux. Paris : P. Pourrat Frères.
• Lesson, R.P. 1840. II. Analyses d'Ouvrages nouveau. Revue de Zoologie, Paris 3: 144-145 [after Apr.]
• Lesson, R.P. 1843. Écho du Monde Savant, 10th year, n.l.: col. 1068. [Mathews, G.M. 1912. Dates of issue of Lear's Illustr. Psittacidae and of the Verhandelingen over de Naturlijke (sic) Geschiedenis.: Land-en Volkenkunde. Austral Avian Records 1: 23–24 (published without author)]
• Lesson, R.P. 1844. Catalogue descriptif des oiseaux nouveau, rares ou peu connus, de la collection Abeillé, 8th Article. Écho du Monde Savant, 11th year, 11 Aug, n. 12: cols 275.
• Lesson, R.P. 1844. Catalogue descriptif des oiseaux nouveau, rares ou peu connus, de la collection Abeillé, 8th Article. Écho du Monde Savant, 11th year, 18 July, n. 49: cols 1163. [data from Mathews (1930) Syst. Av. Aust. p. 563]
• Lesson, R.P. 1844. Catalogue descriptif des oiseaux nouveau, rares ou peu connus, de la collection Abeillé, 8th Article. Écho du Monde Savant, 11th year, 18 July, n. 5: cols 110–112. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240) (cf. Mathews, G.M. 1916. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 5 pt 4 pp. 353–440 + xi pls 267–274) Gray, G.R. 1855. Catalogue of the Genera and Subgenera of Birds contained in the British Museum. London : British Museum 192 pp.]
• Lesson, R.P. 1844. Catalogue descriptif des oiseaux nouveau, rares ou peu connus, de la collection Abeillé. Écho du Monde Savant, 11th year: col. 1137–1139.
• Lesson, R.P. 1845. Description de sept espèces d'oiseaux. Écho du Monde Savant, 12th year, No. 13. 294-297 pp.
• Lesson, R.P. & Garnot, P. 1827. Description de quelques nouvelles espèces d'oiseaux de decouvert commandée par le Capitane Duperrey. Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles 10: 289-291
• Lesson, R.P. In Duperrey, L.I. 1829. Voyage autour du Monde, Exécuté par Ordre du Roi, Sur la Corvette de Sa Majesté, La Coquille, pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825. Zoologie. Paris : Arthus Bertrand Vol. 1 iv 734 pp. [Date published Feb. 28, 1829: appeared on Feb. 28, 1829, publication dated as 1826]
• Lesson, R.P. in Levrault, F.G. 1826. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelle,. Strasbourg Vol. 42. [publication date]
• Levaillant, F. 1805. Histoire Naturelle des Perroquets. Paris : Levrault, Schoell & Ce Vol. 1 135 pp. pls 1-71. [published between 1801–1805]
• Levaillant, F. 1805. Histoire Naturelle des Perroquets. Paris : Levrault, Schoell & Ce Vol. 2 112 pp. pls 72-139. [published between 1801–1805]
• Lewin, J. 1808. Birds of New Holland with their Natural History. London : White & Bagster 22 pp. [Date published Sep 1808]
• Lewin, J.W. 1838. A Natural History of the Birds of New South Wales, collected, engraved and faithfully painted after Nature y John William Lewin, A.L.S., late of Parramatta, New South Wales. London.
• Lewitzka, F. 1974. Breeding the Orange-bellied Parrot (cont.). Bird Keeping in Australia 17: 58-60
• Lichtenstein, H. 1816. Das zoologische Museum des Universitaet zu Berlin. Berlin : Zoologisches Museum, Berlin University 108 pp.
• Lichtenstein, H. 1823. Verzeichniss der Doubletten des zoologischen Museums der Königl. Universität zu Berlin nebst Beschreibung vieler bisher unbekannter Arten von Säugethieren, Vögelin, Amphibien und Fischen. Berlin : Königl. Universität x 118 pp.
• Lichtenstein, M.H.C. 1818. Verzeichniss von ausgestopften Säugethieren und Vögeln, welche am 12ten Oktober 1818, und folgende Tage im Zoologischen Museum der Koenigliche Iniversität zu Berlin dem Meistbierenden öffentlich verkauft werden sollen. Berlin.
• Lichtenstein, M.H.C. 1854. Nomenclators Aves. Vol. 54.
• Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae per Regna tria Naturae, secundem Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, cum Characteribus, Differentis, Synonymis, Locis. Tom.1, Editio decima, reformata. Holmiae : Laurentii Salvii 824 pp.
• Linnaeus, C. 1764. Museum S.R.M. Adolphi Friderici Regis Svecorum, Gothorum, Vandalorumque, in quo Animalia rariora, imprimis et exotica : Aves, Amphibia, Pisces. Tomi secundi prodromus. Holmiae: 49–111 pls I–XXIII.
• Linnaeus, C. 1766. Systema Naturae per Regna Tria Naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Editio duodecima, reformata. Holmiae : Laurentii Salvii Vol. 1 1327 & 36 pp.
• Linnaeus, C. 1766. Systema naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Editio duodecima, reformata. Stockholm : Holmiae Vol. 1 1327 pp.
• Linnaeus, C. 1771. Mantissa Plantarum. Holmiae : Laurentii Salvii Pts 1 & 2-588 pp.
• Lister, J.J. 1889. On the natural history of Christmas Island, in the Indian Ocean. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1888: 512-534 [publication dated 1888]
• Livezey, B.C. 1986. A phylogenetic analysis of recent anseriform genera using morphological characters. Auk 103(4): 737–754
• Livezey, B.C. 1991. A phylogenetic analysis and classification of Recent dabbling ducks (tribe Anatini) based on comparative morphology. Auk 108: 471-507
• Livezey, B.C. 1997. A phylogenetic analysis of basal Anseriformes, the fossil Presbyornis, and the interordinal relationships of waterfowl. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 121: 361–428
• Llewellyn, L.C. 1974. New records of red-tailed black cockatoos in south-eastern Australia with a discussion of their plumages. The Emu 74: 249-253 [publication date Mathews, G.M. 1920. Dates of ornithological works. Austral Avian Records 4: 1–27 Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]]
• Loftus, W.K. 1976. Orange-bellied Parrot at Goolwa. South Australian Ornithologist 27: 112
• Long, J.L. 1981. Introduced Birds of the World. The worldwide history, distribution and influence of birds introduced to new environments. Illustrated by Susan Tingay. Sydney : A.H. & A.W. Reed 528 pp.
• Long, J.L. 1984. The diets of three species of parrots in the south of Western Australia. Australian Wildlife Research 11: 357-371 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. & Iredale, T. 1915. On the ornithology of the Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles (Levrault). Austral Avian Records 3: 5–20]
• Longmore, N.W. 1976. Squatter Pigeon near West Wyalong, NSW. Australian Birds 11: 18
• Longmore, N.W. 1991. Type specimens of birds in the Australian Museum. Technical Report of the Australian Museum n 4: 1-42
• Longmore, N.W. & Boles, W.E. 1983. Description and systematics of the Eungella Honeyeater Meliphaga hindwoodi, a new species of honeyeater from central eastern Queensland, Australia. The Emu 83(2): 59-65 [Date published Jun 1983]
• Longmore, W. 1991. Honeyeaters & their Allies of Australia. Sydney : Angus and Robertson.
• Lord, C.E. 1918. On the occurrence of the Australian Roller (Eurystomus pacificus) in Tasmania. The Emu 18: 136
• Lord, E.A.R. 1935. Notes on the Red-backed Kingfisher. The Emu 35: 59-62
• Lord, E.A.R. 1936. Notes on swifts. The Emu 35: 216-218
• Lord, E.A.R. 1953. Nesting notes on four species. The Emu 53: 254-258
• Low, R. 1977. Lories and Lorikeets: the brush-tongued Parrots. London : Paul Elek.
• Lowe, P.R. 1915. [title]. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 36: 7
• Lowe, P.R. 1939. On the systematic position of the swifts (suborder Cypseli) and humming-birds (suborder Trochili), with special reference to their relation to the order Passeriformes. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London 24: 307-308
• Lowe, P.R. 1948. What are the Coraciiformes? Ibis 90: 572-582
• Lowe, V.T. 1956. The way of a Dove. The Emu 56: 167-182
• Loyn, R.H., Lane, B.A., Chandler, C. & Carr, G.W. 1987. Ecology of Orange-bellied Parrots Neophema chrysogaster at their main remnant wintering site. The Emu 86: 195-206
• Lucas, F.A. 1889. The main divisions of the swifts. Auk 6: 8-13
• Lysaght, A. 1957. The first specimens of Dacelo novaeguineae and D. leachii in European collections. The Emu 57: 209-210
• Løppenthin, B. 1932. Die Vögel Nordost-grønland zwischen 73°00' und 73°30'N. Br. Meddelelser om Grønland 91(6): 1-127
• MacGillivray, W. 1824. Descriptions, Characters, and Synonyms of the different Species of the genus Larus, with Critical and Explanatory Remarks. Memoirs of the Wernerian Natural History Society, Edinburgh 5(1): 247-276
• MacGillivray, W. 1911. Two nests of Alcyone pusilla. The Emu 11: 126
• MacGillivray, W. 1913. Description of a new parrot. The Emu 13: 105-106
• MacGillivray, W. 1914. Notes on some North Queensland Birds. The Emu 13: 132-186
• MacGillivray, W. 1918. Ornithologists in North Queensland. The Emu 17: 63-87, 145-148, 180-212 [published between 1917–1918]
• MacGillivray, W.D.K. 1927. The charming Bourke Parrot. The Emu 27: 65-67
• MacGillivray, W.D.K. 1932. The Flock Pigeon. The Emu 31: 169-174
• MacGillivray, W.D.K. 1932. The Yellow-billed Kingfisher. The Emu 32: 1-2 pl. 1
• Macdonald, J.D. 1968. Speciation in the Colluricincla harmonica complex. The Emu 67: 215-223 [Date published May 1968]
• Macdonald, J.D. 1969. Notes on the taxonomy of Neositta. The Emu 69: 169-174
• Macdonald, J.D. 1974. Name of southern subspecies of Little Corella. The Emu 74: 195 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Whittell, H.M. 1954. The Literature of Australian Birds: a History and Bibliography of Australian Ornithology. Perth : Paterson Brokensha xi 116 788 pp.]
• Macdonald, J.D. & Colston, P.R. 1966. J.R. Elsey and his bird observations on Gregory's overland expedition, Australia, 1856. The Emu 65: 255-278
• Mack, G 1934. A revision of the Genus Malurus. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne 8: 100-125 [Date published Sep 1934]
• Mack, G. 1953. Birds from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 13: 1-39
• Mackness, B. 1979. The ecology of the Pheasant Coucal Centropus phasianinus (Latham) in Australia. Sunbird 10: 1-8
• Magrath, R.D. & Lill, A. 1983. The use of time and energy by the Crimson Rosella in a temperate wet forest in winter. Australian Journal of Zoology 31: 903-912
• Magrath, R.D. & Lill, A. 1985. Age-related differences in behaviour and ecology of Crimson Rosellas, Platycercus elegans, during the non-breeding season. Australian Wildlife Research 12: 299-306
• Marchant, S. 1972. Evolution of the genus Chrysococcyx. Ibis 114: 219-233
• Marchant, S. 1981. The breeding season at Moruya, New South Wales. Corella 5: 19-25
• Marchant, S. 1986. A note on brood parasitism by the Shining Bronze-Cuckoo. Australian Birds 20: 82-85
• Marchant, S. 1987. Nesting habits of the Wonga Pigeon. Australian Birds 21: 19-21
• Marchant, S. 1987. Nesting of the White-throated Nightjar Caprimulgus mystacalis. Australian Birds 21: 44-50
• Marchant, S. 1989. Nesting of the Wonga Pigeon Leucosarcia melanoleuca —corrections and additions. Australian Birds 22: 69-75
• Marchant, S. & Higgins, P. (coordinators) 1990. Handbook of Australian, New Zealand and Antarctic Birds. Melbourne : Oxford University Press Vol. 1 Pt A 735 pp. 53 pls.
• Marchant, S. & Higgins, P.J. (eds) 1990. Handbook of Australian, New Zealand and Antarctic Birds. Melbourne : Oxford University Press Vol. 1.
• Marchant, S. & Höhn, E.O. 1980. Field notes on the Fan-tailed Cuckoo. The Emu 80: 77-80
• Marshall, A.J. 1931. The Azure Kingfisher. The Emu 31: 44-47
• Marshall, A.J. 1934. Notes on the Large-tailed Nightjar. The Emu 33: 219-221
• Marshall, A.J. 1947. On Opopsitta marshalli and the possibility of another new parrot. The Emu 47: 50-54
• Marshall, A.J. 1965. The recent occurrence of the Flock Pigeon in north Australia. The Emu 64: 150-151
• Marshall, J.T. 1978. Systematics of smaller Asian night birds based voice. Ornithological Monographs, American Ornithologists' Union 25: 1-58
• Marshall, J.T. Jr 1966. Relationships of certain owls around the Pacific. Natural History Bulletin of the Siam Society 21: 235-242
• Martens, G.H. 1897. Ein neuer Austernfischer aus Neuseeland. Oriental Insects v: 190
• Martin, R. 1904. Die vergleichende osteologie der Columbiformes unter besonderer berücksichtigung von Didunculus strigirostis. Zoologische Jahrbucher. Abteilung für Systematik 20: 167-352
• Mason, I.J. 1982. The identity of certain early Australian types referred to the Cuculidae. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 102: 99-106
• Mason, I.J. 1983. A new subspecies of Masked Owl Tyto novaehollandiae (Stephens) from southern New Guinea. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 103: 123-128 [publication date Mathews, G.M. 1920. Dates of ornithological works. Austral Avian Records 4: 1–27 (cf. Whittell, H.M. 1954. The Literature of Australian Birds: a History and Bibliography of Australian Ornithology. Perth : Paterson Brokensha xi 116 788 pp. [288]; Meyer de Schauensee, R. 1957. On some avian types, principally Gould's, in the collection of the Academy. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 109: 123–246)]
• Mason, I.J. & Schodde, R. 1980. Subspeciation in the Rufous Owl, Ninox rufa (Gould). The Emu 80: 141-144
• Mason, I.J. In Schodde, R. & Mason, I.J. 1997. Aves (Columbidae to Coraciidae). In, Houston, W.W.K. & Wells, A. (eds). Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing, Australia Vol. 37.2 xiii 440 pp.
• Mason, I.J. In Schodde, R. & Tidemann, S.C. (consultant eds) 1986. Reader's Digest Complete Book of Australian Birds. Sydney : Reader's Digest 639 pp.
• Mason, I.J., McKean, J.L. & Dudzinski, M.L. 1984. Geographical variation in the Pheasant Coucal Centropus phasianinus (Latham) and a description of a new subspecies from Timor. The Emu 84: 1-15
• Masters, G. 1876. Zoology of the Chevert. Ornithology. Part 1. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1 1: 44-64
• Masters, G. 1878. Notes on a collection of birds from Port Darwin. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2(3): 269-276 [Date published May 1878]
• Masters, George 1877. On Bruchigavia longirostris a new species of gull, from King George's Sound. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2(1): 113-115
• Mathews, G.M. 1908. Handlist of the Birds of Australasia. The Emu 7(supplement): 1-108 [Date published 1 Jan 1908]
• Mathews, G.M. 1908. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 21(143): 100-101 [Date published 30 May 1908]
• Mathews, G.M. 1909. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 25: 24 [Date published 20 Nov 1909]
• Mathews, G.M. 1910. In Proceedings of meeting of British Ornithologists' Club, Nov 16, 1910. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 27: 28
• Mathews, G.M. 1910. In Proceedings of meeting of British Ornithologists' Club, Nov 16, 1910. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 27: 28 [Date published 1 Dec 1910]
• Mathews, G.M. 1910. On some necessary alterations in the nomenclature of birds. Novitates Zoologicae 17: 492-503
• Mathews, G.M. 1910. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 27(163): 16 [Date published 4 Nov 1910]
• Mathews, G.M. 1910. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 25: 85 [Date published 31 Mar 1910]
• Mathews, G.M. 1910. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 25(160): 100 [Date published 12 May 1910]
• Mathews, G.M. 1910. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 25(156): 34 [Date published 1 Jan 1910]
• Mathews, G.M. 1911. In Proceedings of meeting of British Ornithologists' Club, Feb. 8, 1911. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 27: 62
• Mathews, G.M. 1911. Meliornis nigra dulciei, Acanthiza albiventris hamiltoni subspp. n., A. iredalei sp. n. and A. morgani nom. n. described. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 27(170): 96-97 [Date published 26 May 1911]
• Mathews, G.M. 1911. On some necessary alterations in the nomenclature of birds. Pt II. Novitates Zoologicae 18: 1-22 [For publication date Mathews, G.M. 1913. New generic names, with some notes on others. Austral Avian Records 2: 55–62]
• Mathews, G.M. 1911. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 1 pt 3 pp. 137-182 pls 34-45. [volume publication dated as 1910–1911; published 29 Apr. 1911]
• Mathews, G.M. 1911. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 1 pt 2 pp. 97-136 pls 20-33. [Date published 31/Jan./1911: volume publication dated as 1910–1911]
• Mathews, G.M. 1911. Two new Australian birds. Novitates Zoologicae 18: 23
• Mathews, G.M. 1911. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 27(167): 62 [Date published 3 Mar 1911]
• Mathews, G.M. 1911. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 27(171): 99-101 [Date published 13 Jul 1911]
• Mathews, G.M. 1911. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 27(169): 87 [Date published 27 Apr 1911]
• Mathews, G.M. 1911. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 23(166): 48 [published January 1911]
• Mathews, G.M. 1911. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 27(168): 68 [Date published 28 Mar 1911]
• Mathews, G.M. 1912. A Reference-List to the Birds of Australia. Novitates Zoologicae 18: 171-455 [Date published 31 Jan 1912: publication dated Jan. 1912.]
• Mathews, G.M. 1912. A Reference-List to the Birds of Australia. Novitates Zoologicae 18: 171-446
• Mathews, G.M. 1912. Additional notes. Austral Avian Records 1: 127-128
• Mathews, G.M. 1912. Additions and corrections to my Reference List. Austral Avian Records 1(5): 118-120 [Date published 24 Dec 1912]
• Mathews, G.M. 1912. Additions and corrections to my Reference List to the Birds of Australia. Austral Avian Records 1(2): 25-52 [Date published 2 Apr 1912]
• Mathews, G.M. 1912. Additions and corrections to my Reference List to the Birds of Australia. Austral Avian Records 1: 81-103 [Date published 18 Sep 1912]
• Mathews, G.M. 1912. Additions and corrections to my Reference List to the Birds of Australia. Austral Avian Records 1: 73-80 [Date published 28 Jun 1912]
• Mathews, G.M. 1912. New birds. Austral Avian Records 1(5): 126 [Date published 24 Dec 1912]
• Mathews, G.M. 1912. New generic names for Australian birds. Austral Avian Records 1: 105-117 [Date published 24 Dec 1912]
• Mathews, G.M. 1912. Notes on Australian cuckoos. Austral Avian Records 1: 2-22
• Mathews, G.M. 1912. Substitute-names. Austral Avian Records 1: 127
• Mathews, G.M. 1912. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 1 xiv 301 pp. pls 1-67. [6 parts; published between 1910–1912; publication dated as 1910–1911]
• Mathews, G.M. 1912. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 2 pt 4 pp. 357-476 pls 108-120. [Date published 1 Nov. 1912]
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. A List of the Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. pp. xxvii 1-453, 1 map.
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. A List of the Birds of Australia containing the names and synonyms connected with each genus, species, and subspecies of birds found in Australia, at present known to the author. London : Witherby xxvii 453 pp.
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. Additions and corrections to my Reference List. Austral Avian Records 2: 63-71
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. Additions and corrections to my Reference List, Addenda. Austral Avian Records 1: 187-194 [Date published 20 Mar 1913: published Jan.]
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. Additions and corrections to my reference list. Austral Avian Records 2(1): 6-10 [Date published 2 August 1913]
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. Dates of publication of the "Ornithology … of the 'Coquille'". Austral Avian Records 2: 49-54
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. New genera. Austral Avian Records 1: 195-196 [Date published 20 Mar 1913]
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. New genera and species. Austral Avian Records 2(1): 12-13 [Date published 2 Aug 1913]
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. New generic names, with some notes on others. Austral Avian Records 2: 55-62 [For publication date Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240) Mathews, G.M. 1912. Dates of issue of Lear's Illustr. Psittacidae and of the Verhandelingen over de Naturlijke (sic) Geschiedenis.: Land-en Volkenkunde. Austral Avian Records 1: 23–24]
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. New generic names, with some notes on others. Austral Avian Records 2(2-3): 55-62 [Date published 23 Oct 1913]
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. New generic names, with some notes on others. Austral Avian Records 2: 55-62 [Date published 58]
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. New species and subspecies of Australian birds. Austral Avian Records 2: 73-79 [published Dec.]
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. Notes on Epthianura lovensis (Ashby). The Emu 12(3): 204-206 [Date published 1 Jan 1913]
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 3 pt 1 pp. 1-104 pls 125-137. [Date published 2 Apr. 1913]
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 3 pt 2 pp. 105-204 pls 138-150. [Date published 2 May 1913]
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. pt 3 pp. 205-300 pls 151-166. [Date published 18 Aug. 1913]
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 3 pts 1-4 pp. 1-380 pls 125-177.
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 2 pt 5 pp. 477-527 + xiv pls 121-124. [Date published 31 Jan. 1913: publication dated as 1882]
• Mathews, G.M. 1913. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 31(186): 68 [Date published 29 Mar 1913]
• Mathews, G.M. 1914. Additions and corrections to my List of the Birds of Australia. Austral Avian Records 2(5): 83-107 [Date published 24 Sep 1914]
• Mathews, G.M. 1914. Additions to "A List of the Birds of Australia". South Australian Ornithologist 1(2): 12-13
• Mathews, G.M. 1914. New genera. Austral Avian Records 2: 110-112
• Mathews, G.M. 1914. Note on Platycercus (haematogaster), Gould. South Australian Ornithologist 1(2): 15-17 [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Mathews, G.M. 1914. Three new sub-species of birds. The Emu 14(1): 60 [Date published Jul 1914]
• Mathews, G.M. 1915. Raperia godmanae. A new bird from Lord Howe Island, now extinct. Austral Avian Records 3: 21-24
• Mathews, G.M. 1915. Additions and corrections to my List of the Birds of Australia. Austral Avian Records 2: 123-133 [Date published 129]
• Mathews, G.M. 1915. Diggles' Ornithology of Australia and other works. Austral Avian Records 2: 137-153
• Mathews, G.M. 1915. The admission of colour-genera. The Emu 15(2): 118-130 [Date published 1 Oct 1915]
• Mathews, G.M. 1915. The notes on some Australian types. Austral Avian Records 2: 134-137
• Mathews, G.M. 1915. Two new subspecies. Austral Avian Records 3(1): 24 [Date published 30 Jun 1915]
• Mathews, G.M. 1916. "Sauropatis sordida colcloughi, subsp. nov.". Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 36: 61
• Mathews, G.M. 1916. In Proceedings of meeting of British Ornithologists' Club, April 12, 1916. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 36: 77
• Mathews, G.M. 1916. In Proceedings of meeting of British Ornithologists' Club, June 14, 1916. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 36: 89-92 [Date published 7 Jul 1916]
• Mathews, G.M. 1916. In Proceedings of meeting of British Ornithologists' Club, May 10, 1916. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 36: 82-83
• Mathews, G.M. 1916. Changes in name to be made to my "List of the birds of Australia," 1913. The Emu 16(1): 34-36 [Date published 1 Jul 1916]
• Mathews, G.M. 1916. List of additions of new sub-species to, and changes in, my "List of the Birds of Australia". Austral Avian Records 3(3): 53-68 [Date published 4 Apr 1916]
• Mathews, G.M. 1916. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 6 pt 1. pp. 1-104 pls 275-282. [Date published 22 Nov. 1916: publication dated as 1916–1917]
• Mathews, G.M. 1916. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 5 pts 2-4 pp. 153-440 pls 245-274. [Date published May 1916: publication dated as 1915–1916]
• Mathews, G.M. 1916. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 5 pt 4 pp. 353-440 + xi pls 267-274. [Date published 30 Aug. 1916]
• Mathews, G.M. 1916. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 5 pt 3 pp. 249-352 pls 255-266. [Date published 23 May 1916: Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Mathews, G.M. 1916–1917. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. 6 vols pts 1–6 xix 516 pp. pls 275-324.
• Mathews, G.M. 1917. Additions and corrections to my list. Austral Avian Records 3: 127-128 [For publication date Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]
• Mathews, G.M. 1917. Additions and corrections to my list. Austral Avian Records 3: 127-128
• Mathews, G.M. 1917. New subspecies and notes on species. Austral Avian Records 3(4): 69-78 [Date published 21 Jul 1917]
• Mathews, G.M. 1917. Some new Australian birds. The Emu 16: 180-185
• Mathews, G.M. 1917. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 6 pts 1-6 xix 516 pp. pls 275-324. [Date published June 1917: publication dated as 1916–1917]
• Mathews, G.M. 1917. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 6 pts 2 pp.105-516 pls 283-324. [Date published Sept. 1917: publication dated as 1916–1917]
• Mathews, G.M. 1917. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 6 pt 3 pp. 217-296 pls 291-299. [Date published 17 Apr. 1917: volume dated as 1916–1917]
• Mathews, G.M. 1917. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 6 pt 2 pp. 105-216 pls 283-290. [Date published 6 Feb. 1917: Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Mathews, G.M. 1917. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 6 pt 6 pp. 445-516 + xix pls 317-324. [Date published 11 Dec. 1917]
• Mathews, G.M. 1917. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 6 pt 4 pp. 297-372 pls 300-307. [Date published 27 June 1917: volume dated as 1916–1917]
• Mathews, G.M. 1917. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 6 pt 5 pp. 373-444 pls 308-316. [Date published 11 Sept. 1917: volume dated as 1916-1917 Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B [publication dated as from preface, 12 June 1919 given in Appendix B] (Appendix B)]
• Mathews, G.M. 1917. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 6 pt 2 pp. 105-216 pls 283-290. [Date published 6 Feb. 1917: volume dated as 1916-1917 Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Mathews, G.M. 1917. The re-discovery of two lost birds. Austral Avian Records 3(4): 79-90 [Date published 21 Jul 1917]
• Mathews, G.M. 1918. In Proceedings of meeting of British Ornithologists' Club, November 13, 1918. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 39: 23-25
• Mathews, G.M. 1918. Additions and corrections to my 1913 list. Austral Avian Records 3: 159-160
• Mathews, G.M. 1918. Descriptions of new forms of Diomedea, Acanthiza, Legeornis, Urodynamis. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 39: 23-24
• Mathews, G.M. 1918. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 1 pp. 1-112 pls 325-336. [Date published 4 Mar. 1918]
• Mathews, G.M. 1918. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 3 pp. 217-320 pls 343-351. [Date published 26 Aug. 1918: volume dated as 1918–1919]
• Mathews, G.M. 1918. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 4 pp. 321-384 pls 352-362. [Date published 19 Dec. 1918]
• Mathews, G.M. 1918. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 2 pp. 113-216 pls 337-342. [Date published 15 May 1918: volume dated as 1918–1919]
• Mathews, G.M. 1918. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 38(231): 48-49 [Date published 4 Mar 1918]
• Mathews, G.M. 1918–1919. On Pachycephala melanura Gould. Austral Avian Records 3(6): 134-138 [Date published 25 Jun 1918]
• Mathews, G.M. 1919. In Proceedings of meeting of British Ornithologists' Club, Nov. 12, 1919. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 40: 44-45
• Mathews, G.M. 1919. Descriptions of two new subspecies from Western Australia. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 40: 44-45
• Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pts i-iv xii pp. 1-384 pls 325-362. [Date published 4 Mar. 1918: volume publication dated as 1918–1919; Publication of Pt 1 (4 Mar. 1918), Pt 2 (15 May 1918), Pt 3 (26 Aug.), Pt 4 (19 Dec 1918), Pt 5 (12 June 1919)]
• Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385-499 + xii pls 363-370 Appendixes A & B. [Date published 12 June 1919: publication dated as from preface, 12 June 1919 given in Appendix B]
• Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pts 1-5 499 +xii pp. pls 325-370.
• Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 Pts i-iv xii pp. 1-384 pls 325-362. [Date published 4 Mar 1918: volume publication dated 1918–1919; Publication of Pt 1 (4 Mar. 1918), Pt 2 (15 May 1918), Pt 3 (26 Aug.), Pt 4 (19 Dec 1918), Pt 5 (12 June 1919)]
• Mathews, G.M. 1920. Amended names Acanthiza n. burtoni for A. n. clelandi and A. l. alberti for A. l. whitei. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 41(254): 35 [Date published 30 Nov 1920]
• Mathews, G.M. 1920. Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 8 xiv + 316 pp.
• Mathews, G.M. 1920. Descriptions of new subspecies of Australian birds. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 40(76): 75-76 [Date published 30 Jan 1920]
• Mathews, G.M. 1920. The Birds of Australia. Supplement No. 1. Check List of the Birds of Australia Part 1. Orders Casuariiformes to Menuriformes. London : Witherby pp. iv 1-116. [Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240) (collation of livraisons affecting original description) Mathews, G.M. 1911. On some necessary alterations in the nomenclature of birds. Pt II. Novitates Zoologicae 18: 1–22 (collation of livraisons affecting original description) Sherborn, C.D. 1922. Index Animalium; sive, Index nominem quae ab A.D. 1758 generibus et speciebus animalium imposita sunt, societatibus eruditorum adiuvantibus. Sectio Secunda, 1801–1850. London : British Museum Pt 1 cxxxvi 128 pp. [lxxx]]
• Mathews, G.M. 1920. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 40(249): 105-107 [Date published 1 Mar 1920]
• Mathews, G.M. 1920. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 41(254): 35 [Date published 30 Nov 1920]
• Mathews, G.M. 1921. Additions and Corrections to my list of the Birds of Australia, 1913 and Check List, Part 1, 1920. Austral Avian Records 4(6): 135-138 [Date published 1 Aug 1921]
• Mathews, G.M. 1921. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby Vol. 9 xiv + 518 pp.
• Mathews, G.M. 1922. In Proceedings of meeting of British Ornithologists' Club, October 11, 1922. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 43: 13-14 [Date published 31 Oct 1922]
• Mathews, G.M. 1922. Additions and corrections. Austral Avian Records 5: 1-9
• Mathews, G.M. 1922. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby Vol. 9 pp. 242-518. [Date published 3 Aug 1922]
• Mathews, G.M. 1922. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby Vol. 10. [Date published 28 Sep 1922]
• Mathews, G.M. 1923. In Proceedings of meeting of British Ornithologists' Club, Oct. 10, 1923. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 44: 15
• Mathews, G.M. 1923. Additions and Corrections to my Lists of the Birds of Australia. Austral Avian Records 5: 33-44 [Date published 21 Feb 1923]
• Mathews, G.M. 1923. On type designation of avian genera. Austral Avian Records 5: 74-80
• Mathews, G.M. 1923. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby Vol. 10. [Date published 30 Jan 1923]
• Mathews, G.M. 1923. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby Vol. 11.
• Mathews, G.M. 1923. The Birds of Australia. Supplement No. 2. Passerines. Check-list. London : Witherby. [Date published 26 Jul 1923]
• Mathews, G.M. 1924. In Proceedings of meeting of the British Ornithologists' Club, March 12, 1924. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 44: 69-70
• Mathews, G.M. 1924. I propose new names:- Ethelornis mouki keri, Mastersornis ruficollis gouldi, and Geochelidon nilotica cloatesi. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 45: 41 [Date published Dec 1924]
• Mathews, G.M. 1924. Supplements to the birds of Australia. Supplement 3. London : Witherby pp. vii-viii + 157-244.
• Mathews, G.M. 1924. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby Vol. 11.
• Mathews, G.M. 1924. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 45(290): 17 [Date published 29 Oct 1924]
• Mathews, G.M. 1924. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 45: 41 [Date published Dec 1924]
• Mathews, G.M. 1925. A new form of Barnardius. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 46: 21
• Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby Vol. 12.
• Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby Vol. 11.
• Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.
• Mathews, G.M. 1925. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 44(295): 86-87 [Date published 31 Mar 1925]
• Mathews, G.M. 1927. Points of nomenclature. The Emu 26: 222-224
• Mathews, G.M. 1927. Systema Avium Australasianarum. A systematic list of the birds of the Australasian region. London : British Ornithologists' Union Pt 1 iv 426 pp.
• Mathews, G.M. 1927. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby Vol. 12 pp. 226-454.
• Mathews, G.M. 1928. Bird notes. Novitates Zoologicae 34: 372-373 [Date published Jul 1928]
• Mathews, G.M. 1928. The Birds of Norfolk & Lord Howe Islands and the Australasian South Polar Quadrant with Additions to "The Birds of Australia". London : H.F. & G. Witherby xii 139 pp. pls 1-45.
• Mathews, G.M. 1929. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 50(335): 10-11 [Date published 31 Oct 1929]
• Mathews, G.M. 1930. Doreenia gen. n. and new races described. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 50: 41-42
• Mathews, G.M. 1930. Some interesting links with John Gould. The Emu 30: 141-143
• Mathews, G.M. 1930. Systema Avium Australasianarum. A systematic list of the birds of the Australasian region. Pt 2 pp. London : British Ornithologists' Union pp. 427-1048.
• Mathews, G.M. 1931. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 52(353): 25 [Date published 4 Nov 1931]
• Mathews, G.M. 1939. A new race of Honey-eater from Queensland. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 59(424): 156 [Date published 21 Jul 1939]
• Mathews, G.M. 1940. The genus Petroica Swainson 1829. A note on Thiellus Bonoparte 1856. South Australian Ornithologist 15: 110
• Mathews, G.M. 1941. Two new subspecies of birds collected by Dr. Scott at Cape York. The Emu 40(4): 384 [Date published 1 Apr 1941]
• Mathews, G.M. 1942. New forms of Australian birds. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 27: 77-78 [Date published 12 Feb 1942]
• Mathews, G.M. 1943. New forms of Australian birds. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 37: 77-78 [Date published 10 Jun 1940-1941]
• Mathews, G.M. 1946. A Working List of Australian Birds including the Australian Quadrant and New Zealand. Sydney : G.M. Mathews 184 pp.
• Mathews, G.M. & Iredale, T. 1913. A Reference List of the Birds of New Zealand. Part 2. Ibis 10 1(3): 402-452
• Mathews, G.M. & Iredale, T. 1913. Notes on Billberg's Synopsis Faunae Scandinaviae. Austral Avian Records 2: 33-48
• Mathews, G.M. & Iredale, T. 1918. A forgotten ornithologist. Austral Avian Records 3: 142-150 [Mathews, G.M. 1912. Dates of issue of Lear's Illustr. Psittacidae and of the Verhandelingen over de Naturlijke (sic) Geschiedenis.: Land-en Volkenkunde. Austral Avian Records 1: 23–24 (published without author)]
• Mathews, G.M. & Iredale, T. 1921. A Manual of the Birds of Australia. Orders Casuarii to Columbae. London : H.F. & G. Witherby Vol. 1 xxiv 279 pp. 36 pls.
• Mathews, G.M. & Iredale, T. 1921. Notes of interest. Austral Avian Records 4: 139-164
• Mathews, G.M. & Iredale, T. 1922. An extraordinary bird book. Austral Avian Records 4: 172-175 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240) (contrasting opinion) Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)] Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]
• Mathews, G.M. & Neumann, O. 1939. Six new races of Australian birds from North Queensland. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 59: 153-156
• Mattingley, A.H.E. 1918. The Ground Parrot (Pezoporus formosus). The Emu 17: 216-218
• Maurer, D.R. & Raikow, R.J. 1981. Appendicular myology, phylogeny, and classification of the avian order Coraciiformes (including Trogoniformes). Annals of the Carnegie Museum 50: 417-434
• Mayr, E. 1931. Birds collected during the Whitney South Sea Expedition. XII Notes on Halcyon chloris and some of its subspecies. American Museum Novitates 469: 1-10
• Mayr, E. 1931. The syrinx in some songbirds of New Guinea. Journal of Ornithology 79: 333-337
• Mayr, E. 1932. Birds collected during the Whitney South Sea Expedition. XIX Notes on the Bronze Cuckoo Chalcites lucidus and its subspecies. American Museum Novitates 520: 1-9
• Mayr, E. 1937. Birds collected during the Whitney South Sea Expedition. XXXIII Notes on New Guinea Birds. I. American Museum Novitates 915: 1-19
• Mayr, E. 1937. Birds collected during the Whitney South Sea Expedition. XXXV Notes on New Guinea Birds. II. American Museum Novitates 939: 1-14
• Mayr, E. 1937. Birds collected during the Whitney South Sea Expedition. XXXVI Notes on New Guinea Birds. III. American Museum Novitates 947: 1-11
• Mayr, E. 1937. Notes on the genus Sericornis Gould. American Museum Novitates 904: 1-25 [Date published 13 Jan 1937]
• Mayr, E. 1938. Birds collected during the Whitney South Sea Expedition. XXXIX. Notes on New Guinea birds. IV. American Museum Novitates 1006: 1-16
• Mayr, E. 1940. Notes on Australian Birds. 1. The genus Lalage. The Emu 40(2): 111-117 [Date published Aug 1940]
• Mayr, E. 1941. Birds collected during the Whitney South Sea Expedition. XLVII Notes on the genera Halcyon, Turdus and Eurostopodus. American Museum Novitates 1152: 1-7
• Mayr, E. 1941. List of New Guinea Birds. A Systematic and Faunal List of the Birds of New Guinea and Adjacent Islands. New York : American Museum of Natural History xi 260 pp.
• Mayr, E. 1943. Notes on Australian birds (II). The Emu 43: 3-17 [For publication date Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1833–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Mayr, E. 1944. Birds collected during the Whitney South Sea Expedition. 54 Notes on some genera from the southwest Pacific. American Museum Novitates 1269: 1-8
• Mayr, E. 1944. The birds of Timor and Sumba. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 83: 123-194
• Mayr, E. 1944. Timor and the colonization of Australia by birds. The Emu 44: 113-130
• Mayr, E. 1947. A parrot new for Australia. The Emu 47: 54-55
• Mayr, E. 1949. Artbildung und Variation in der Halcyon-chloris-Gruppe. pp. 55–60 in, Ornithologie als biologische Wissenschaft (Festschrift zum 60. Geburtstag von Erwin Stresemann). Heidelberg : Carl Winter.
• Mayr, E. 1951. Notes on some pigeons and parrots from Western Australia. The Emu 51: 137-145
• Mayr, E. 1954. Notes on Australian Whistlers (Aves, Pachycephala). American Museum Novitates No. 1653: 1-22
• Mayr, E. 1964. On the taxonomy of Cuculus pallidus (Latham). The Emu 64: 41
• Mayr, E. 1967. Subfamily Pachycephalinae. pp. 3-51 in Paynter, R.A. (ed.). Check-list of Birds of the World. Cambridge, Massachusetts : Museum of Comparative Zoology Vol. 12 ix + 495 pp.
• Mayr, E. 1979. Family Pittidae. pp. 310-329 in Traynor, M.A. Jr (ed.). Check-list of Birds of the World. Cambridge, Massachusetts : Museum of Comparative Zoology Vol. 8 xv + 365 pp.
• Mayr, E. 1986. Family Acanthizidae, Australasian Warblers. pp. 409-464 in Mayr, E. & Cottrell, G.W. (eds). Check-list of Birds of the World. Cambridge: Massachusetts : Museum of Comparative Zoology Vol. 11 xii + 638 pp. [Date published 1 Jul 1986]
• Mayr, E. & Amadon, D. 1951. A classification of recent birds. American Museum Novitates 1496: 1-42
• Mayr, E. & Jennings, K. 1952. Geographic variation and plumages in Australian bowerbirds. American Museum Novitates 1602: 1-18
• Mayr, E. & McEvey, A.R. 1960. The distribution and variation of Mirafra javanica in Australia. The Emu 60: 155-192 [Date published Aug 1960]
• Mayr, E. & Rand, A.L. 1936. Neue Unterarten von Vögeln aus Neu-Guinea. Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum in Berlin 21: 241-248
• Mayr, E. & Rand, A.L. 1937. Results of the Archbold Expeditions, 14. Birds of the 1933–1934 Papuan Expedition. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 73: 1-248
• Mayr, E. & Serventy, D.L. 1938. A review of the genus Acanthiza Vigors and Horsfield. The Emu 39: 246-292
• Mayr, E. & Serventy, D.L. 1944. The number of Australian bird species. The Emu 44: 33-40
• Mayr, E., Keast, A. & Serventy, D.L. 1964. The name Cacatua Brisson, 1760 (Aves): proposed validation under the Plenary Powers. Z.N. (s.) 1647. Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature 21: 372-374
• Mayre, E. 1954. Notes on Australian Whistlers (Aves, Pachycephala). American Museum Novitates 1653: 1-22
• McAllan I.A.W., Curtis, B.R., Hutton, I. & Cooper, R.M. 2004. The birds of the Lord Howe Island Group: a review of records. Australian Field Ornithology. Vol. 2 Supplement.
• McAllan, I.A.W. & Bruce, M.D. 1989. The Birds of New South Wales A Working List. Turramurra, New South Wales : Biocon Research Group vii 103 pp. [publication dated 1988, published May 1989]
• McBride, A.P. & Dampney, A.R. 1982. Red-backed Kingfisher breeding in County of Cumberland. Australian Birds 16: 46
• McColl, W.S. 1957. Observations on parrots in Tasmania. The Emu 57: 201-205
• McCoy, F. 1866. On a new Victorian species of Diamond Bird. Australasian. 1221 pp.
• McCoy, F. 1867. On a new species of Victorian Honey-eater. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3 20: 442
• McCoy, F. 1867. On two new species of birds found in Victoria. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3 7: 184-185
• McCoy, F. 1875. Note on an apparently new parrot from Cardwell, NE Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 4 16: 54 [published July]
• McCulloch, E.M. 1980. The Channel-billed Cuckoo. Bird Observer (Australia) 581: 42-43 [Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1833–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• McFarland, D.C. 1982. Dew drinking by Crimson Rosella. Australian Birds 16: 65
• McFarland, D.C. 1988. Geographical variation in the clutch size and breeding season of the Ground Parrot, Pezoporus wallicus. Australian Bird Watcher 12: 247-250
• McGill, A. 1978. An assessment of known information on the Plumed Frogmouth. Australian Birds 12: 37-40
• McGill, A.R. 1959. The northern range limits of the Purple-crowned Lorikeet. The Emu 59: 264-266
• McGill, A.R. 1960. Parrots of the genus Neophema in New South Wales. The Emu 60: 39-46
• McGill, A.R. 1968. The generic affinities of the Bar-shouldered Dove. The Emu 67: 290-293
• McGill, A.R. & Goddard, M.T. 1979. The Little Bronze Cuckoo in New South Wales. Australian Birds 14: 23-24
• McGilp, J.N. 1931. Geopsittacus occidentalis, Night Parrot. South Australian Ornithologist 11: 68-70
• McGilp, J.N. 1932. Flock Pigeons. The Emu 31: 312
• McInnes, R.S. & Carne, P.B. 1978. Predation of cossid moth larvae by Yellow-tailed Black Cockatoos causing losses in plantations of Eucalyptus grandis in north coastal New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 5: 101-121
• McLean, J.A. 1983. Notes on the nesting of the Large-tailed Nightjar Caprimulgus macrurus. Sunbird 13: 72-73
• Medway, Lord 1966. Field characters as a guide to the specific relations of swiftlets. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London 117: 151-172
• Medway, Lord 1975. The nest of Collocalia v. vanikorensis, and taxonomic implications. The Emu 75: 154-155
• Medway, Lord & Pye, J.D. 1977. Echolocation and the systematics of swiftlets. pp. 225-238 in Stonehouse, B. & Perrins, C. (eds). Evolutionary Ecology. London : Macmillan vi 310 pp.
• Mees, G.F. 1957. A systematic review of the Indo-Australian Zosteropidae (Part I). Zoologische Verhandelingen (Leiden) 35: 1-204
• Mees, G.F. 1957. Over het belang van Temminck's "Discours préliminaire" voor de zoologische nomenclatuur. Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 35: 205-227
• Mees, G.F. 1961. A systematic review of the Indo-Australian Zosteropidae (Part II). Zoologische Verhandelingen (Leiden) 50: 1-168
• Mees, G.F. 1961. An annotated catalogue of a collection of bird-skins from West Pilbara, Western Australia. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 44: 97-143
• Mees, G.F. 1963. The status and distribution of some species of owls in Western Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 8: 166-169 [publication date Mathews, G.M. 1920. Dates of ornithological works. Austral Avian Records 4: 1–27 Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240)]
• Mees, G.F. 1964. A revision of the Australian owls (Strigidae and Tytonidae). Zoologische Verhandelingen (Leiden) 65: 1-62
• Mees, G.F. 1965. The avifauna of Misool. Nova Guinea (Zoology) 31: 139-203
• Mees, G.F. 1968. Colour of orbital ring in Partridge-Pigeon. The Emu 67: 294
• Mees, G.F. 1969. A systematic review of the Indo-Australian Zosteropidae (Part III). Zoologische Verhandelingen (Leiden) 102: 1-390
• Mees, G.F. 1970. Notes on some birds from the island of Formosa. Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 44: 285-304
• Mees, G.F. 1972. Die Vögel der insel Gebe. Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 46: 69-98
• Mees, G.F. 1973. The status of two species of migrant swifts in Java and Sumatra (Aves, Apodidae). Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 46: 197-207
• Mees, G.F. 1975. A list of the birds known from Roti and adjacent islets (Lesser Sunda Islands). Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 49: 115-140
• Mees, G.F. 1977. Geographical variation of Caprimulgus macrurus Horsfield (Aves: Caprimulgidae). Zoologische Verhandelingen (Leiden) 155: 1-47 pls 1-3
• Mees, G.F. 1979. Die Nachweise von Cuculus canorus L. im indo-australischen Raum. Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum in Berlin 55: 127-134
• Mees, G.F. 1982. Birds from the lowlands of southern New Guinea (Merauke and Koembe). Zoologische Verhandelingen (Leiden) 191: 1-188 4 pls
• Mees, G.F. 1982. Review of Nocturnal Birds of Australia by R. Schodde and I.J. Mason. The Emu 82: 182-184
• Mees, G.F. 1985. Caprimulgus macrurus Horsfield and related forms, a re-evaluation (Aves, Caprimulgidae). Proceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie Wetenschappen C 88: 419-428
• Mees, G.F. 1985. Comments on species of the genus Hirundapus (Aves: Apodidae). Proceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie Wetenschappen C 88: 63-73
• Meise, W. 1931. Zur Systematik der Gattung Gerygone. Novitates Zoologicae 3: 317-379 [Date published 3 Sep 1931]
• Mellor, J.W. 1913. Description of a new Grass-Wren. The Emu 12(3): 166-167 [Date published 1 Jan 1913]
• Mellor, J.W. 1919. Description of a new species of Climacteris. South Australian Ornithologist 4(1): 5-6 [Date published 1 Jan 1919]
• Mellor, J.W. 1921. Description of a New Wren. South Australian Ornithologist 5(5): 10 [Date published 1 Jan 1921]
• Mellor, J.W. 1921. New Scrub Wren. Grey Scrub Wren (Sericornis maculata geraldtonensis). South Australian Ornithologist 6(2): 43-44 [Date published 1 Apr 1921]
• Menkhorst, P.W. & Isles, A.C. 1981. The Night Parrot Geopsittacus occidentalis: evidence of its occurrence in north-western Victoria during the 1950s. The Emu 81: 239-240
• Meredith, C.W. 1983. R.A.O.U. Conservation Statement No. 1 The Ground parrot. R.A.O.U. Newsletter 55: 6-11
• Merrem, B. 1804. Allg. Lib. Zeitung II, # 168. Richmond Catalogue.
• Meyer de Schauensee, R. 1957. On some avian types, principally Gould's, in the collection of the Academy. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 109: 123-246
• Meyer, A.B. 1874. Über neue und ungenügend bekannte Vögel von Neu-Guinea und den Inseln der Geelvinksbai (Zweite Mittheilung). Sitzungsberichte der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien 69: 202-218
• Meyer, A.B. 1884. Über neue und ungenügend bekannte Vögel im Königl. Zoologischen Museum zu Dresden. Zeitschrift für die Gesammte Ornithologie 1: 193-219
• Meyer, Bernhard & Wolf 1810. Taschenbuch der deutschen Vögelkunde; oder. Kurse Beschreibung aller Vögel Deutschlands. Frankfurt am Main : Friedrich Wilmans Vol. 2 xviii + 614 pp.
• Middendorff, A.T. 1851. Reise Nord. und Ost. Siberien. Zoology. xxx : xxx Vol. 2.
• Milhinch, A.L. 1983. Diamond doves and other northern birds in the South-West of WA in 1981. Western Australian Naturalist 15: 147
• Milledge, D. 1972. The Orange-bellied Parrot in Tasmania. South Australian Ornithologist 26: 56-58
• Milledge, D.R. & Clancy, G.P. 1982. Chestnut and brown phases of the Tawny Frogmouth on the north coast of New South Wales. Corella 6: 40-41
• Miller, A.H. 1965. The syringeal structure of the Asiatic owl Phodilus. Condor 67: 536-538
• Miller, R. 1972. Nesting habits of Spotted Nightjars. Australian Birds 7: 3-4
• Miller, R.S. 1932. Some notes on the Little Kingfisher. The Emu 31: 257-259 pl. 45
• Miller, R.S. 1937. The Mangrove Kingfisher. The Emu 36: 149-152 pl. 22
• Miller, W. de W. 1912. A revision of the classification of the kingfishers. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 31: 239-311
• Miller, W. de W. 1915. Notes on ptilosis, with special reference to the feathering of the wing. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 34: 129-140
• Miller, W. de W. 1924. Further notes on ptilosis. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 50: 305-331
• Milligan, A.W. 1901. Description of a new species of Amytis (Grass-bird) from Western Australia. Victorian Naturalist 18(2): 27-28 [Date published 6 Jun 1901]
• Milligan, A.W. 1901. Description of a new species of Mirafra (Bush-lark) from Western Australia. Victorian Naturalist 18(2): 25-26
• Milligan, A.W. 1902. Description of a new Bristle Bird (Sphenura). The Emu 1(2): 67-69 [Date published Jan 1902]
• Milligan, A.W. 1902. Report on the birds collected, in Report on Exploration of the North-West Kimberley, 1901, by F.S. Brockman. Western Australian Parliamentary Paper No. 2. 52-59 pp.
• Milligan, A.W. 1903. Description of a new Gymnorhina, with observations on G. dorsalis Campbell. The Emu 3(2): 96-102 [Date published 1 Oct 1903]
• Milligan, A.W. 1903. Description of a new Melithreptus from Western Australia. The Emu 2(3): 160-161 [Date published 1 Jan 1903]
• Milligan, A.W. 1903. Description on a new Acanthiza from Western Australia. The Emu 3(2): 111-112 [Date published 1 Oct 1903]
• Milligan, A.W. 1903. Descriptions of a new Calamanthus and a new Megalurus from Western Australia. The Emu 2(4): 200-202 [Date published 1 Apr 1903]
• Milligan, A.W. 1903. Descriptions of a new Xerophila amd a new Acanthiza from Western Australia. The Emu 3(1): 69-72 [Date published 1 Jul 1903]
• Milligan, A.W. 1904. Notes on a trip to the Wongan Hills, W.A., with a description of a new Ptilotis. The Emu 4(1): 217-226 [Date published 1 Jul 1904]
• Milligan, A.W. 1911. Description of a new Ptilotis. The Emu 11(2): 124-125 [Date published 2 OCt 1911]
• Milligan, A.W. 1913. New Acanthiza. The Emu 13: 167-168 [Date published 1 Jan 1913]
• Mills, K. 1987. The Pheasant Coucal in southern New South Wales, and a recent record from the Illawarra. Australian Birds 21: 22-24
• Mills, K. 1987. Variation in numbers of Yellow-tailed Black Cockatoos in central coastal New South Wales. Australian Bird Watcher 12: 8-14
• Milne-Edwards, A. 1878. Observations sur les affinités zoologiques du genre Phodilus et description d'un nouveau genre de rapace nocturne. Nouvelles Archives du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris 2 1: 185-199
• Mitchell, P. 1979. Scaly-breasted Lorikeets at Mount Eliza, Victoria. Australian Bird Watcher 8: 99-100
• Mitchell, P.C. 1901. On the anatomy of the kingfishers, with special reference to the conditions in the wing known as eutaxy and diastataxy. Ibis 8 1: 97-123
• Mitchell, T. 1848. Journal of an Expedition into the Interior of Tropical Australia in search of a route from Sydney to the Gulf of Carpentaria. London : Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans 437 pp.
• Mitchell, T.L. 1838. Three Expeditions into the Interior of eastern Australia, with descriptions of the recently explored region of Australia Felix, and of the present Colony of New South Wales. London : T. & W. Boone Vol. 1 xxi 351 pp. [published after Aug. 18, 1838]
• Mivart, St. G. 1896. A Monograph of the Lories or brush-tongued parrots, composing the family Loriidae. London : R.H. Porter 193 pp.
• Moehring, P.H.G. 1758. Geslachten der Vogelen … Uit het Latyn vertaald en met Aantekeningen vermeerderd / door C. Nozeman, en naar die Vertsaling uitgegeeven en met eene Voorreden, Aantekeningen en Naamlyst der voornaamste Schryveren die over de Vogelen geschreeven hebben vermeerderd ; door A. Vosmaer. te Amsteldam Vol. 2 [xxvii, 7] 97 [3], 2 pls col. 8.
• Moering, P.H.G. 1758. Geslachten der Vogelen. Amsterdam : Pieter Meijer Vol. 7 97 pp.
• Montagu, G 1813. Ornithological Dictionary; Supplement. London.
• Montague, P.D. 1913. New subspecies of birds from the Montebello Islands, N.-W.A. Austral Avian Records 1(8): 181 [Date published 20 Mar 1913]
• Moore, F. 1854. Notice of a New Indian Swallow. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London 1854: 104
• Morgan, A.M. 1926. Cinclosoma castanotum clarum (Chestnut-backed Ground-bird). South Australian Ornithologist 8(5): 138-139 [Date published 1 Jan 1926]
• Morgan, E.J. 1960. White-throated Nightjar nesting at Glasshouse Mountains, QLD. Australian Bird Watcher 1: 117-118
• Morlion, M.L. 1985. Pterylosis of the wing and tail in the Noisy Scrub-bird, Atrichornis clamosus, and Superb Lyrebird, Menura novaehollandiae (Passeriformes: Atrichornithidae and Menuridae). Records of the Australian Museum 37: 143-156
• Morris, A.K. 1980. The Channel-billed Cuckoo in the Coonabarrabran District. Bird Observer (Australia) 584: 71 [Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1833–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Morris, A.K. 1980. The status and distribution of the Turquoise Parrot in NSW. Australian Birds 14: 57-67
• Morton, S.R. & Parry, G.D. 1974. The auxiliary social system in kookaburras: a reappraisal of its adaptive significance. The Emu 74: 196-198
• Moulton, J.C. 1923. New generic name for two Australian Finches. Ibis 11 5(4): 782 [Date published Oct 1923]
• Mudge, G.P. 1902. On the myology of the tongue of parrots with a classification of the order, based upon the structure of the tongue. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London 16: 211-278
• Mukherjee, A.K. & Dasgupta, J.M. 1973. On the taxonomic status of the genus Sauropatis Cabanis and Heine (family Alcedinidae). Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 93: 79-81
• Muller, K.A. 1975. Propagation of the Palm Cockatoo Probosciger aterrimus at Taronga Zoo. International Zoo Yearbook 15: 108-111
• Muller, K.A. & Clayton, L.J. 1972. Maintaining and breeding Australian Owlet-nightjars Aegotheles cristatus at Sydney Zoo. International Zoo Yearbook 12: 138-140
• Muller, P.L.S. 1776. Des Ritters C. von Linné … vollstandiges Natursystem nach der zwolften Lateinischen Ausgabe und nach Anleitung des Hollandischen Houttuynischen Werks, mit einer ausfuhrlichen Erklarung ausgefertiget von P.L.S. Muller. Natursystems Supplement.
• Murie, J. 1868. On the nocturnal Ground Parrot (Geopsittacus occidentalis Gould). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1868: 158-165
• Murphy, S.A., Joseph, L., Burbidge, A.H. & Austin, J. 2010. A cryptic and critically endangered species revealed by mitochondrial DNA analyses: the Western Ground Parrot. Conservation Genetics DOI: 10.1007/s10592-010-0161-1.
• Müller, P.L.S. 1776. Des Ritters Carl von Linné vollständigen Natursystems Supplements und Register Band über alle sechs Thiele oder Classen des Thierreichs. Mit einer ausführlichen Erklärung. Supplement. Nürnberg : G.N. Raspe 384 pp. [publication date]
• Müller, S. 1843. Land-en Volken Kunde, No. 6. pp. 161–192 in, Verhandlingen over de Natuurlijke Geschiedenis der Nederländsche Overzeesche Berittingen. Leiden : Natuurkundige Commissie in Öost-Indië en anderen Schrijuers. 472 pp.
• Müller, S. 1843. Verhandelingen over de Naturlyke Gescieddenis: Land-en Volken kunde. Part 6. Leiden pp. 161-192.
• N.W. Longmore, this work
• Naumann, J.A. 1836. Naturgeschichte der Vögel Deutschlands, nach eigenen Erfahrungen entworfen ... Aufs neue herausgegeben von dessen Sohne Johann Friedrich Naumann. Leipzig : Ernst Fleischer Vol. 8 x + 560 pp.
• Naumann, J.A. & Naumann, J.F. 1811. Naturgeschichte Land-Wasser-Vögel Nördlichen Deutschlands. Nattrag.
• Neave, S.A. 1939. Nomenclator Zoologicus: A list of the names of genera and subgenera in zoology from the tenth edition of Linnaeus 1758 to the end of 1935. London : Zoological Society of London Vol. II(D-L) 1025 pp.
• Newby, K., Newby, B. & Bradby, K. 1983. Notes on the Swamp Parrot. Western Australian Naturalist 15: 145-146
• Newfeldt, I. & Ivanov, A.I. 1960. Some notes on the biology of the Needle-tailed Swift in Siberia. British Birds 53: 433-435
• Newman, O.G.M. 1979. The Ground Parrot - census, calls, nest and movement. Tasmanian Bird Report 8: 4-6 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1911. On some necessary alterations in the nomenclature of birds. Pt II. Novitates Zoologicae 18: 1–22 [For publication date Mathews, G.M. 1913. New generic names, with some notes on others. Austral Avian Records 2: 55–62] Browning, M.R. & Monroe, B.L., Jr 1991. Clarifications and corrections of the dates of issue of some publications containing descriptions of North American birds. Arch. Nat. Hist. 18: 381–405]
• Newman, T.H. 1929. The Bronze-winged Pigeon. Aviculture Magazine 4 7: 1-3
• Newton, A. & Gadow,H. 1893-1896. A Dictionary of Birds. London : Adam & Charles Black pp. xii + 1088.
• Niland, D.C. 1996. First record of Spotted Whistling-Ducks in Australia. Sunbird 26: 39-41
• Nitzsch, C.L. 1827. Allgemeine Encyclopädie der Wissenschaften und Künste; in alphabetischer Folge von genannten Schriftstellern, bearb., und. hrsg. von J.S. Erach und J.G. Gruber. Leipzig : Brockhaus Vol. 1 pt 1 pp.
• Nitzsch, C.L. 1840. System der Pterylographie von C. L. Nitzsch. Nach seinen handschriftlich aufbewahrten Untersuchungen verfasst von H. Burmeister, &c. Halle xii 228 pp.
• Nix, H.A. 1984. The Buff-breasted Paradise Kingfisher in central Queensland. Sunbird 14: 77-79
• Norberg, R.A. 1977. Occurrence and independent evolution of bilateral ear asymmetry in owls and implications on owl taxonomy. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B 280: 375-408
• Nordmann, A. von 1835. Naturhistorischer Atlas Vögel. In, Erman, A. (ed.). Reise um die Erde, durch Nord-Asien und die beiden Oceanie. Berlin. [Date published Aug 1835]
• Norman, J.A., Christidis, L., Westerman, M. & Hill, F.A.R. 1998a. Molecular data confirms the species status of the Christmas Island Hawk-Owl Ninox natalis. The Emu 98: 197-208
• Norman, J.A., Olsen, P.D. & Christidis, L. 1998b. Molecular genetics confirms taxonomic affinities of the endangered Norfolk Island Boobook Ninox novaeseelandiae undulata. Biological Conservation 86: 33-36
• North, A.J. 1893. Description of a new species of parrakeet, of the genus Platycercus, from North-West Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 2: 83-88
• North, A.J. 1895. Preliminary descriptions of a new genus and of five new species of Central Australian birds. Ibis 7 1: 339-342
• North, A.J. 1896. Zoology: Aves. pp. 53-110 in Spencer, B. (ed.). Report on the Work of the Horn Scientific Expedition to Central Australia. Melbourne : Melville, Mullen & Slade Vol. 2. [Date published Feb 1896]
• North, A.J. 1897. Description of a new species of Collyriocincla from Queensland. Records of the Australian Museum 3(2): 49-50 [Date published 5 Aug 1897]
• North, A.J. 1897. On a new sub-species of Psophodes crepitans. Records of the Australian Museum 3(1): 13 [Date published Jan 1897]
• North, A.J. 1899. Ornithological notes VIII. Description of a new species of honey-eater from north Queensland. Records of the Australian Museum 3: 106-107
• North, A.J. 1900. Description of a new bird from North-west Australia. Victorian Naturalist 17(4): 78-79 [Date published 9 Aug 1900]
• North, A.J. 1900. Description of a new parrakeet from the Burke district, north Queensland. Victorian Naturalist 17: 91-93
• North, A.J. 1901. Description of a new species of Crow. Victorian Naturalist 17(9): 170 [Date published 10 Jan 1901]
• North, A.J. 1901. Description of a new species of insectivorous bird. Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales 12(11): 1425 [Date published Nov 1901]
• North, A.J. 1901. Description of a new species of the Genus Malurus. Victorian Naturalist 18(2): 29-30 [Date published Jun 1901]
• North, A.J. 1902. Notes and Exhibitions. Abstracts of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1902: iii-iv [Date published 28 May 1902]
• North, A.J. 1902. On three apparently undescribed species of Australian birds. Victorian Naturalist 19(7): 101-104 [Date published Nov 1902]
• North, A.J. 1903. Nests and Eggs of Birds found breeding in Australia and Tasmania. Sydney : Australian Museum Spec. Cat. 1 Vol. 1.
• North, A.J. 1904. Description of a new species of Pachycephala. Records of the Australian Museum 5: 125-126 [Date published 28 Jan 1904]
• North, A.J. 1904. Description of a new species of Poephila. Records of the Australian Museum 5: 263-264 [Date published 16 Jun 1904]
• North, A.J. 1904. Nests and Eggs of Birds found breeding in Australia and Tasmania. Sydney : Australian Museum Spec. Cat. 1 Vol. 1 vii + 366 pp.
• North, A.J. 1904. The Superb Warbler of South-eastern Australia. Ibis 8 4(4): 672
• North, A.J. 1905. Insectivorous birds. A new genus of the Order Passeres. Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales 16(3): 247-250 [Date published 2 Mar 1905]
• North, A.J. 1905. On an insular form of Melithreptus brevirostris, Vigors and Horsfield. Records of the Australian Museum 6(1): 20-21 [Date published 15 Jun 1905]
• North, A.J. 1906. Kangaroo Island Birds. The Register, Adelaide 71(18639): 3 [published 9 Aug.]
• North, A.J. 1907. Description of a new species of Chalcophaps from north-western Australia. Victorian Naturalist 24: 135-136
• North, A.J. 1909. Description of a new species of Acanthiza, from Western Australia. Victorian Naturalist 26: 55-56 [Date published Sep 1909]
• North, A.J. 1909. Nests and Eggs of Birds Found Breeding in Australia and Tasmania. Sydney : Australian Museum Spec. Cat. 1 Vol. 2 vii 380 pp. [published between 1906–1909]
• North, A.J. 1909. Note on some living examples of Psephotus dissimilis. Victorian Naturalist 25: 175-176
• North, A.J. 1910. Description of a new genus and species of honey-eater from Western Australia. Victorian Naturalist 26(9): 138-139 [Date published 13 Jan 1910]
• North, A.J. 1911. Insectivorous birds. Description of a new sub-species of Dacelo gigas ("Laughing Kingfisher" or "Laughing Jackass"). Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales 22: 609
• North, A.J. 1911. Nests and Eggs of Birds Found Breeding in Australia and Tasmania. Sydney : Australian Museum Spec. Cat. 1 Vol. 3 vii 362 pp. [Pt II, published July 1911, publication dated as 1912]
• North, A.J. 1911. On a new genus of Australian insectivorous bird. Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales 22(3): 211 [Date published 2 Mar 1911]
• North, A.J. 1912. Descriptions of two new species, and a new genus of Australian birds. Ibis 9 6: 118-120 [Date published 7 Feb 1912]
• North, A.J. 1912. Nests and Eggs of Birds Found Breeding in Australia and Tasmania. Sydney : Australian Museum Spec. Cat. 1 Vol. 3 vii 362 pp.
• North, A.J. 1914. Nests and Eggs of Birds Found Breeding in Australia and Tasmania. Sydney : Australian Museum Spec. Cat. 1 Vol. 4 viii 472 pp. [published between 1913–1914]
• North, A.J. 1916. Untitled. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 41(2): 195 [Date published 13 Sep 1916]
• Nuttall, T. 1834. A manual of the ornithology of the United States and of Canada. Cambridge, Mass. : Hilliard & Brown Vol. 2.
• Nyári, A.S. & Joseph, L. 2011. Systematic dismantlement of Lichenostomus improves the basis for understanding relationships within the honeyeaters (Meliphagidae) and the historical development of Australo-Papuan bird communities. Emu 111: 202–211
• Oates, E.W. 1889. Birds. xx + 556 in Blanford, W.T. (ed.). The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. London : Taylor & Francis Vol. 1 xx + 556 pp.
• Oberholser, H.C. 1899. Some untenable names in Ornithology. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 1899(1): 210-216 [Date published 2 Jun 1899]
• Oberholser, H.C. 1906. A monograph of the genus Collocalia. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 58: 177-212
• Oberholser, H.C. 1914. A monograph of the genus Chordeiles Swainson, type of a new family of goatsuckers. Bulletin of the United States National Museum 86: i-vii 1-123 pls 1-6
• Oberholser, H.C. 1915. A synopsis of the races of the long-tailed goatsucker, Caprimulgus macrurus Horsfield. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 48: 587-599
• Oberholser, H.C. 1919. A revision of the subspecies of the White-collared Kingfisher, Sauropatis chloris (Boddaert). Proceedings of the United States National Museum 55: 351-395
• Officer, H.R. 1963. Colour of the orbital ring in the Squatter-Pigeon. The Emu 63: 72-73
• Officer, H.R. 1967. In the footsteps of McLennan and Barnard at Cape York. The Emu 66: 279-287
• Ogilvie-Grant, W.R. 1909. In Proceedings of meeting of British Ornithologists' Club, April 21, 1909. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 23: 72-74
• Ogilvie-Grant, W.R. 1909. On a collection of birds from Western Australia, with field notes by Mr. G.C. Shortridge. Ibis 9 3: 650-689 [Date published Oct 1909]
• Ogilvie-Grant, W.R. 1911. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 29(173): 25-29 [Date published 21 Nov 1911]
• Ogilvie-Grant, W.R. 1914. In Proceedings of meeting of British Ornithologists' Club, 1914. New forms of Collocalia described. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 35: 34-35
• Ogilvie-Grant, W.R. 1915. Report on the birds collected by the British Ornithologists' Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. Ibis 2(Jubilee Suppl.): xx 1-329
• Ogilvie-Grant, W.R. 1893. Catalogue of the Game Birds (Pterocletes, Gallinae, Opistocomi, Hemipodii) in the collection of the BritishMuseum. London : Trustees, British Museum Vol. 22 pp.xvi+585.
• Oken, L. 1816. Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte. Th. 3, Zoologie, Abth. 2, Fleischthiere. Jena : August Schmid xvi + 1270 pp.
• Oliver, W.R.B. 1955. New Zealand Birds. Wellington : A.H. & A.W. Reed 661 pp. 12 pls.
• Olsen, P. & Stokes, T. 1988. State of knowledge of the Christmas Island Hawk-Owl Ninox squamipila natalis. pp. 411-414 in Meyburg, B.-U. & Chancellor, R.D. (eds). Raptors in the Modern World. Berlin : World Working Group on Birds of Prey and Owls, ICBP 611 pp.
• Olson, S.L. 1989. Preliminary systematic notes on some Old World passerines. Rivista Italiana Ornitologia, Milano 59: 183-195
• Olson, S.L. & Feduccia, A. 1980. Presbyoprnis and the origin of the Anserformes (Aves: Charadriomorphae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 323: 1-24
• Olson, S.L., Balouet, J.C. & Fisher, C.T. 1987. The owlet-nightjar of New Caledonia, Aegotheles savesi, with comments on the systematics of the Aegothelidae. Le Gerfaut 77: 341-352
• Oppel, M. 1812. Tanypus eine neue Vogelgattung von Michael Oppel, Adj. Vorgelesen in der mathematisch-physikalischen Classe, am 4 Juli 1811. Denkschrift Königlichen Baierischen Akademie Wissenschaften zu München 1811-12: 159-166 [Date published 4 Jul 1812]
• Ovenden, J.R., Mackinlay, A.G. & Crozier, R.H. 1987. Systematics and mitochondrial genome evolution of Australian rosellas (Aves: Platycercidae). Journal of Molecular Biology and Evolution 4: 526-543
• Owen, R. 1853. Descriptive Catalogue of the Osteological Series Contained in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. Vol. 1 Pisces, Reptilia, Aves, Marsupialia. London : Taylor & Francis Vol. 1.
• Pallas, P.S 1776. Reise durch verschiedene Provinzen des Russschen Reichs in einem ausfuhrlichen Auszuge. Thle. Frankfurt und Leipzig Vol. 3.
• Pallas, P.S. 1764. Adumbratiunculae In: Vroeg, A. Catalogue raisonne' d'une collection supérieurement belle d'oiseaux, tant exotiques qu'Euroe'ens, de quadrupedes et d'insectes...; collection qu'on offre sux amateurs entiére & à un prix raisonnable, jusqu'au 22 septembre de cette année. La Haye xvi + 49, 7 pp.
• Pallas, P.S. 1770. Novi Comment Academiae Scientiarum imp. Petropoli. Condon (1975) p. 148.
• Pallas, P.S. 1773. Reise durch verschiedene Provinzen des Russischen Reichs. St Petersburg : Gedruckt bey der Kayserlichen Academie der Wissenschaften Vol. 2.
• Pallas, P.S. 1776. Reise durch verschiedene Provinzen des Russischen Reiches in einem ausführlichen Auszuge. Frankfurt und Leipzig : Fleischer Vol. 3.
• Pallas, P.S. 1811. Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica, sistens omnium animalium in extenso ImperioRossico et adjacentibus maribus observatorum recensionem, domicilia, moreset descriptiones, anatomen atque icones plurimorum. Academiae Scientiarum Vol. 2.
• Pallas, P.S. 1811. Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica, sistens omnium animalium in extenso ImperioRossico et adjacentibus maribus observatorum recensionem, domicilia, moreset descriptiones, anatomen atque icones plurimorum. Academiae Scientiarum Vol. 1.
• Parker, S.A. 1966. Albert S. Meek's collecting-locality on the Cape York Peninsula, 1898. The Emu 66(2): 121-122 [Date published Oct 1966]
• Parker, S.A. 1968. The type-locality of the White-quilled Rock-pigeon Petrophassa albipennis Gould. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) Zool. 88: 57-58
• Parker, S.A. 1969. New and interesting distribution records of central Australian birds. South Australian Ornithologist 25: 59-71
• Parker, S.A. 1970. Critical notes on the status of some Northern Territory birds. South Australian Ornithologist 25: 115-125 [Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1833–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Parker, S.A. 1971. Association between the Sulphur-crested Cockatoo and Pandanus. Western Australian Naturalist 12: 23 [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B [publication dated as from preface, 12 June 1919 given in Appendix B] (Appendix B)]
• Parker, S.A. 1971. Critical notes on the status of some central Australian birds. The Emu 71: 99-102
• Parker, S.A. 1972. Remarks on distribution and taxonomy of the grass wrens Amytornis textilis, modestus and purnelli. The Emu 72: 157-166
• Parker, S.A. 1977. Records of the Barking Owl from South Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 27: 204-206
• Parker, S.A. 1977. The distribution and occurrence in South Australia of owls of the genus Tyto. South Australian Ornithologist 27: 207-215 [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Parker, S.A. 1981. Prolegomenon to further studies in the Chrysococcyx "malayanus" group (Aves, Cuculidae). Zoologische Verhandelingen (Leiden) 187: 1-56
• Parker, S.A. 1984. The identity of Sericornis tyrannula De VIs. The Emu 84(2): 108-110 [Date published Jun 1984]
• Parker, S.A. 1988. The origin of the populations of the Eastern Rosella inhabiting the Mount Lofty Ranges and Adelaide Plains, South Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 30: 132
• Parker, S.A. & Cox, J.B. 1978. Notes on the birds of Pearson, Dorothee and Greenly Islands, South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 102: 191-202
• Parkes, K.C. 1980. A new subspecies of the Spiny-cheeked Honeyeater Acanthagenys rufogularis, with notes on generic relationships. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 100(2): 143-147 [Date published Jun 1980]
• Parry, V.A. 1970. Kookaburras. Melbourne : Lansdowne Press 110 pp. pls.
• Parry, V.A. 1973. The auxiliary social system and its effect on territory and breeding in kookaburras. The Emu 73: 81-100
• Parry, V.A. In Schodde, R. & Tidemann, S.C. (consultant eds) 1986. Reader's Digest Complete Book of Australian Birds. Sydney : Readers' Digest Services Edn 2. 639 pp.
• Parsons, F.E. 1920. New sub-species of Emu Wren. Stipiturus malachurus halmaturina. Kangaroo Island Emu Wren. South Australian Ornithologist 5(1): 15-17 [Date published 1 Jan 1920]
• Partenko, L. 1936. The Bar-tailed Godwit and its races. Auk 53: 194-197
• Paykull, G. 1815. Lanius crassirostris, avis antea ignotae. Nova Acta Regiae Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis 7: 282-285
• Peale, T.R. 1848. United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. Under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Mammalia and Ornithology. Philadelphia : C. Sherman Vol. 8 xxv + 338 pp.
• Peale, T.R. 1848. United States Exploring Expedition. During the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. Under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N.. Philadelphia : C. Sherman Vol. VIII Mammalia and Ornithology xxv 338 pp. 21 figs.
• Pearson, A.J. 1966. The birds of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 86: 66-71 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]
• Pecotich, L. 1974. Grey Swiftlets in the Tully River Gorge and Chillagoe Caves. Sunbird 5: 16-21
• Pecotich, L. 1982. Speciation of the Grey Swiftlet Aerodramus spodiopygius in Australia. Tower Karst 4: 53-57
• Pennant, T. 1781. Genera of Birds. London : B. White xxv 68 pp. 15 pls.
• Perry, G. 1810. Arcana; or The Museum of Natural History: containing the most recently discovered objects. Embellished with Coloured plates, and corresponding descriptions; with Extracts relating to Animals, and remarks of celebrated travellers; combining a general survey of Nature. London : J. Stratford Vol. 1 84 pls. [publication dated as 1810–1811]
• Peters, J.L. 1934. Check-list of Birds of the World. Cambridge : Harvard University Press Vol. 2 xvii 401 pp.
• Peters, J.L. 1937. Check-list of Birds of the World. Cambridge : Harvard University Press Vol. 3 xiii 311 pp.
• Peters, J.L. 1938. Generic limits of some fruit pigeons. Proc. VIII Int. Ornithol. Congr., Oxford p. 371–391.
• Peters, J.L. 1940. Check-list of Birds of the World. Cambridge : Harvard University Press Vol. 4 xii 291 pp.
• Peters, J.L. 1945. Check-list of Birds of the World. Cambridge : Harvard University Press Vol. 5 xi 306 pp.
• Peters, J.L. 1960. Hirundinidae. pp. 80-125 in Mayr, E. & Greenway, J.C. Jr (eds). Check-list of Birds of the World. Cambridge, Massachusetts : Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge Vol. 9 xii + 506 pp.
• Pettigrew, J.D. & Wilson, P. 1985. Noctural hypothermia in the White-throated Needletail, Hirundapus caudacutus. The Emu 85: 200-201
• Phillip, A. 1789. The Voyage of Governor Phillip to Botany Bay; with an Account of the Establishment of the Colonies of Port Jackson & Norfolk Island compiled from authentic papers. London : J. Stockdale viii x 298 lxxiv pp. 54 pls.
• Phillips, J.C. 1923. A Natural History of the Ducks. Boston : Houghton Mifflin Vol. 2 Edn 1st Edn, pp.
• Phipps, G. 1981. The Kakarikis. Australian Aviculture 35: 126-139
• Pidgeon, R. 1981. Calls of the Galah Cacatua roseicapilla and some comparisons with four other species of Australian parrots. The Emu 81: 158-168
• Pierce, R. 1984. Range extension of Glossy Black Cockatoos. Sunbird 14: 10-11 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]]
• Pocock T.N. 1966. Contributions to the osteology of African birds. Ostrich Suppl. No. 6: 113-123
• Pohl-Apel, G. von & Sossinka, R. 1975. Gonadenentwicklung beim Wellensittich Melopsittacus undulatus unter verschiedenen lichtbedingungen. Journal of Ornithology 116: 207-212
• Pohl-Apel, G. von, Sossinka, R. & Wyndham, E. 1982. Gonadal cycles of wild Budgerigars, Melopsittacus undulatus (Psittaciformes: Platycercidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 30: 791-797
• Pollard, B.M. 1965. The Scarlet-chested Parrot (Neophema splendida). Bird Keeping in Australia 8: 113-115
• Pompper, H. 1841. Die Säugethiere, Vögel und Amphibien nach threr geographischen Verbreitung tabellarisch zusammengestellt. Leipzig : J.C. Hinrichs iv + 37 pp.
• Pontoppidan, E.L. 1763. Den Danske Atlas eller Konge-Riget Dannemark. Kisbenhavn : Trykt hos Kongelig Iniversiteta Bogtrykker A.H. Godiche Vol. 1 724 pp.
• Portenko, L. 1939. On some new forms of Arctic gulls. Isis 1939: 264-269
• Possingham, H.P 1986. The Funereal Cockatoo on Eyre Peninsula. South Australian Ornithologist 30: 1-4
• Pratt, E. 1972. Some answers about Coucal nesting. Sunbird 3: 19-25
• Pratt, E. 1973. Progress notes on the banding of Bar-shouldered Doves and Crested Pigeons. Australian Bird Bander 11: 8-10
• Pratt, E.K. 1973. Red-tailed Black Cockatoo in north-eastern New South Wales. Australian Birds 14: 36-37 [Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]]
• Pratt, E.K. 1979. The White-rumped Swiftlet in New South Wales. Australian Birds 13: 68-69
• Pucheran, J. 1850. Observations (and Etudes) sur les types peu connus de Musee de Paris. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie (Paris) 5: 545-550
• Pucheran, J. 1852. Etudes sur les types peu connus du Musée de Paris. Sixième article. (Grimpeurs). Revue et Magasin de Zoologie (Paris) 2 4: 555-564
• Pucheran, J. 1853. Mammifères et Oiseaux. 166, 56, 107 pp. in Hombron, J.B. & Jacquinot, C.H. (eds). Voyage au Pole Sud et dans l'Océanie sur les corvettes l'Astrolabe et la Zélée exécuté par ordre du Roi pendant les années 1837-1840, sous le commandement de M.J. Dumont-d'Urville Capitaine de Vaisseau. Zoologie. Paris : Gide & Baudry Vol. 3.
• Putnam, R.J. & Hinde, R.A. 1973. Effects of light regime and breeding experience on Budgerigar reproduction. Journal of Zoology, London 170: 475-484
• Pycraft, W.P. 1898. A contribution towards our knowledge of the morphology of the owls. Part I. Pterylography. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 2 7: 223-275
• Pycraft, W.P. 1903a. On the pterylography of Photodilus. Ibis 45: 36-48
• Pycraft, W.P. 1903b. A contribution towards our knowledge of the morphology of the owls. Part II. Osteology. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London Zoology 2 9: 1-46
• Quested, T. 1982. Spine-tailed Swift landing in tree. Australian Birds 16: 64
• Quoy, J.R.C. & Gaimard, J.P. 1825. Remarques sur les oiseaux pelagiens, et sur quelques autres palmipedes specialement considérés sous le rapport de leurs moers et de leur distribution géographique sur les grandes mers du globe. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Paris 5: 123-155
• Quoy, J.R.C. & Gaimard, J.P. in Dumont-d'Urville, J. 1830. Voyage de découvertes de l'Astrolabe exécuté par ordre du Roi, pendant les anneés 1826–1827–1828–1829, sous le commandement de M.J. Dumont-d'Urville. Zoologie. Paris : J. Tastu Vol. 1 i 268 pp. [no month of publication]
• Quoy, J.R.C. & Gaimard, J.P. in Freycinet, L. 1824. Voyage autour du Monde, Enterpris par Ordre du Roi. Éxecuté sur les corvettes de S.M. l'Uranie et la Physicienne, pendant les années 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820. Zoologie. Vol. III. Paris : Pillet Aîné 2 Vols 712 pp. Atlas 15 pp. 96 pls.
• RAOU 1927. The Official Checkliist of the Birds of Australia. RAOU.
• RAOU Checklist Committee, Royal Australasian Ornithologists Union 1926. Official Checklist of the Birds of Australia. Melbourne : Royal Australasian Ornithologists Union x 212 pp.
• RAOU Records Appraisal Committee 1988. Second Report of the Records Appraisal Committee. The Emu 88: 54-57
• Raffles, T.S. 1822. [...]. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 13
• Rafinesque, C.S. 1810. Caratteri di alcuni nouvi generi e nouve specie di animali e piante della Sicilia. Palermo : Sanfilippo 105 pp.
• Rafinesque, C.S. 1815. Analyse de la nature, ou tableau de l'univers et des corps organises. Palerme : Privately Published 224 pp. [Date published April to July]
• Rafinesque, C.S. 1822. The Cosmonist, no. 3. On the birds of Kentucky and a new swallow. Kentucky Gazette, n.s. Vol. 1 (7). unpaginated pp.
• Ragless, G.B. 1957. Calling of the Tawny Frogmouth. South Australian Ornithologist 22: 48-49
• Ramsay, E.P. 1863. Notes on the birds breeding in the neighbourhood of Sydney, New South Wales. Ibis 1: 177-180 [Date published Apr 1863]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1866. Scientific News, Zoological Society of London. The Clarence and Richmond Examiner and New England Advertiser. Vol. 7 (362). 2 pp.
• Ramsay, E.P. 1867. [Zoological Society of London]. Ibis 1867: 255-256
• Ramsay, E.P. 1868. Description of a new species of Orthonix, from N.E. Coast. Sydney Morning Herald, 21 Mar 1868. 4 pp.
• Ramsay, E.P. 1868. On certain new and rare species of birds found at Rockingham Bay, Queensland. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1868: 381-388 [Date published 1 Oct 1868]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1874. Description of a new species of genus Cyclopsitta, from northern Queensland. Sydney Morning Herald 70(11378): 5 [published 5 Nov.]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1874. Natural history. Australian Zoology. The following descriptions of three species of birds new to science. Sydney Mail, 15 Aug 1874. pp. 201
• Ramsay, E.P. 1875. Description of a new species of Ptilotis, from the Endeavour River, with some remarks on the natural history of the East Coast Range, near Rockingham Bay. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1: 9-12 [Date published 27 Apr 1875]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1875. Descriptions of five new species of birds from Queensland and of the egg of Chlamydodera maculata. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1874: 601-605 [publication dated 1874]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1876. Description of a new species of plover, from North Australia. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1(1): 135-136
• Ramsay, E.P. 1876. List of birds met with in north-eastern Queensland, chiefly at Rockingham Bay. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London 1874: 578-603 [Date published Apr 1876]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1877. List of birds met with in north-eastern Queensland, chiefly at Rockingham Bay. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1877: 335-351 [Date published Aug 1877]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1877. On a new species of Gerygone. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2(1): 53-54 [Date published Jul 1877]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1877. On a new species of Platycercus from the interior of New South Wales. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2: 27-28
• Ramsay, E.P. 1877. Some further remarks on Poephila Gouldiae and Poephila mirabilis (Homb. et Jacq.). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2(1): 70-72 [Date published Jul 1877]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1878. Description of a new species of Pachycephala from the Gulf of Carpentaria. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2(3): 224 [Date published May 1878]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1878. Description of a new species of Rhipidura from Torres Straits and of a new species of Eopsaltria from the Rockingham Bay district, with remarks on some rare Queensland birds. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2: 371-378
• Ramsay, E.P. 1878. Notes on 'List of Australian Birds'. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 3(1): 38-40
• Ramsay, E.P. 1878. On two new species of Gerygone. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 3: 116-117
• Ramsay, E.P. 1878. Tabular list of all Australian birds at present known — showing the distribution of the species. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1 2: 177-212 [Date published Jan 1878]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1879. Description of a new species of Rhipidura, from Lord Howe's Island. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 3: 340 [Date published May 1879]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1879. Notes on some Australian Birds mentioned in Mr. R.B. Sharpe's Cat. of Bds. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 4(3): 313-319 [Date published 1 Dec 1879]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1885. Description of a new species of Collyriocincla, from the Scrubs in the vicinity of Cairns, Queensland. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 10(2): 244-245 [Date published 31 Jul 1885]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1887. List of Western Australian birds collected by Mr Cairn, and Mr. W.H. Boyer-Bower, at Derby and its vicinity, with remarks on the species. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 1: 1085-1100 [publication dated as 1886]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1887. List of Western Australian birds collected by Mr Cairn, and Mr. W.H. Boyer-Bower, at Derby and its vicinity, with remarks on the species. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 1: 1085-1100 [publication dated 1886]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1888. Description of a new species of Gerygone from Lord Howe's Island. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 2: 677
• Ramsay, E.P. 1888. Description of a new species of Philemon from north-west Australia. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 2: 676 [Date published 21 Mar 1888]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1888. Tabular List of all the Australian Birds at present known to the author, showing the Distribution of the Species over the continent of Australia and adjacent islands. Sydney : E.P. Ramsay 38 pp.
• Ramsay, E.P. 1891. Tabular List of all the Australian Birds at present known to the author, showing the distribution of the species over the continent of Australia and adjacent islands. Sydney : E.P. Ramsay 38 pp.
• Rand, A.L. 1938. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No. 19. On some non-passerine New Guinea birds. American Museum Novitates 990: 1-15
• Rand, A.L. 1941. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No. 32 New and interesting birds from New Guinea. American Museum Novitates 1102: 1-15
• Rand, A.L. 1942. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No. 42 Birds of the 1936–1937 New Guinea expedition. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 79: 289-366
• Rand, A.L. & Gilliard, E.T. 1967. Handbook of New Guinea Birds. London : Weidenfeld & Nicolson x 612 pp. 53 pls.
• Ranzani, C. 1821. Elementi di Ornitologia. In, Elementi di Zoologia Vol. 3. Bologna : Tipografia Nobili Vol. 1 viii 247 pp. 4 pls. [publication dated as 1823]
• Ranzani, C. 1821. Elementi di Ornitologia. Vol. 2 In, Elementi di Zoologia. Vol. 3. Bologna : Tipografia Nobili. 200 pp. 7 pls [published Oct. 1821, publication dated as 1823 Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. (cf. Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240)) Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]]
• Ranzani, C. 1822. Elementi di Zoologia. (3 vols). Bologna Vol. 3.
• Reichenbach, H.G.L. 1845. Die vollständigste Naturgeschichte der Vögel Neuhollands...; ein Beitrag zur Naturgeschichte Australiens. Dresden : Expedition der Vollständigsten Naturgeschichte Vol. 1.
• Reichenbach, H.G.L. 1845. Novitiae ad synopsin avium, Natatores, oder Schwimmvögel. [4]p. Praktisch-gemeinnützige Naturgeschichte der Vögel des Inund Auslandes; Kupfersammlung. 1. Th., mit 408 Abbildungen der Schwimmvögel. Checkllist to the Mathews Ornithological Collection of the National Library of Australia. Anon. 1966. 16 pp.
• Reichenbach, H.G.L. 1850. Die vollständigste Naturgeschichte der Vögel Neuhollands, nach Bergleichung von Exemplaren beschrieben, und in ihren zum Theil hochstmerkwurdigen Lebens - und Fortpflanzungs geschichte nach der neusten Beobachtungen von Gould, Gilbert u.a. geschildert. - Ein Beitrag zur Naturgeschichte Australiens der vollstandigsten Naturgeschichte der Vögel. Zweiter Band. Dresden und Leipsig.
• Reichenbach, H.G.L. 1851. Grallatores: Novitae an synops in avium. No. 5 175, cccxl, Nos. 2683-2684. Dresden.
• Reichenbach, H.G.L. 1852. Die vollständigste Naturgeschichte des In-und Auslandes. ABt. II/ Vögel. Band III. Synopsis Avium. Part 6. Handbuch der speciellen Ornithologie. Part 2 (Cont. ix). Meropinae. Dresden & Leipzig.
• Reichenbach, H.G.L. 1853. Die Vollständigste Naturgeschichte..., 2 Vögel, 1 Avium Syst. nat. Dresden-Leipzig : F. Hofmeister pp. 5-18. [Date published 1 Jan 1999]
• Reichenbach, H.G.L. 1862. Die Singvögel. (in 3 parts). Dresden Vol. 1.
• Reichenbach, L. 1845. Handbuch der Ornithologie (Vög. Neuhollands). Vol. 1.
• Reichenbach, L. 1850. Avium Systema Naturale. Das natürliche System der Vögel mit hundert Tafeln grössentheils Original-Abbildungen der bis jetzt entdeckten fast zwölfhundert typischen Formen. Leipzig : F. Hofmeister viii 36 pp. 100 pls. [publication dated 1849–1850]
• Reichenbach, L. 1852. Handbuch der speciellen Ornithologie. Abth. ii (Meropinae). Desden und Leipsig. [Date published 1 Mar 1852]
• Reichenbach, L. 1853. Avium Systema Naturale. Das Natürliche System der Vögel mit hundert Tafeln grössentheils Original-Abbildungen der bis jetzt entdeckten fast zwölfhundert typischen Formen. Leipzig : F. Hofmeister viii 36 xxxi pp. 100 pls.
• Reichenbach, L. 1853. Handb. Orn., Scans.
• Reichenbach, L. 1853. Handbuch der speciellen Ornithologie. Dresden : Expedition der Vollständigsten Naturgeschichte Lief. 3 xxxi pp. [publication dated as 1852]
• Reichenbach, L. 1862. Die vollständigste Naturgeschichte der Tauben und taubenartigen Vögel: Wallnister, Erdtauben, Baumtauben, Hocco's, Columbariae, Megapodinae, Peristerinae, Columbinae, Alectorinae. Dresden & Leipzig : Expedition der Vollständigsten Naturgeschichte 206 pp. pls. [published between 1861-1862; published unpublication dated as =1853 Mathews, G.M. 1927. Systema Avium Australasianarum. A systematic list of the birds of the Australasian region. London : British Ornithologists' Union Pt 1 iv 426 pp.]
• Reichenow, A. 1881. Conspectus Psittacorum. Systematische Uebersicht aller bekannten Papageienarten. Journal of Ornithology 29: 1-49, 113-177, 225-289, 337-398
• Reichenow, A. 1883. Systematische verzeichniss aller bekannten Papageien, zugleich index der abgebildeten und beschriebenen arten. In, Vogelbilder aus fernen Zonen. Abbildungen und Beschreibungen der Papageien. Kassel : T. Fisher. 33 pls plus suppl. [publication dated as 1878–1883]
• Reichenow, A. 1889. [Title unknown]. Journal of Ornithology 17(186)
• Reichenow, A. 1897. Neue Vogelarten von Kaiser Wilhelms-Land. Oriental Insects 5: 24-26
• Reichenow, A. 1898. Psitteuteles neglectus, Rchw. n.sp. Oriental Insects 6: 4-5
• Reichenow, A. 1899. Neue Vogelarten. Oriental Insects 7: 7+ pp.
• Reichenow, A. 1900. Neue Arten vom sudostlichen Neuguinea und Nordqueensland. Oriental Insects 8: 185-188 [Date published Dec 1900]
• Reichenow, A. 1904. Neue Arten des Südpolargebeits. Oriental Insects 12: 46-47
• Reilly, P.N., Brooker, M.G. & Johnstone, G.W. 1975. Birds of the south-western Nullabor Plain. The Emu 75: 73-76
• Renzoni, A. & Watters, P.A. 1972. Comparative observations on the pineal body of some Australian parrots. Australian Journal of Zoology 20: 1-15
• Reyer, H.-V. & Schmidl, D. 1988. Helpers have little to laugh about: group structure and vocalisation in the Laughing Kookaburra Dacelo novaeguineae. The Emu 88: 150-160
• Rice, G. 1980. Some notes on the nesting of the Laughing Kookaburra. Australian Birds 14: 77
• Rich, P.V. & Baird, R.F. 1986. History of the Australian avifauna. Current Ornithology 4: 97-139
• Rich, P.V. & Van Tets, J. 1982. Fossil birds of Australia and New Guinea: their biogeographic, phylogenetic and biostratigraphic input. pp. 235-384 in Rich, P.V. & Thompson, E.M. (eds). The Fossil Vertebrate Record of Australasia. Clayton, Vic. : Monash University Offset 759 pp.
• Ridgway, R. 1904. The birds of North and Middle America. Bulletin of the United States National Museum 50(3): xx + 801
• Ridgway, R. 1911. The birds of North and middle America …. Bulletin of the United States National Museum 50(5): 1-859
• Riemann, G. 1838. Zoologisch-technologischer Lietfaden für Realschulen und Gymnasien. Magdeburg : Publisher unknown.
• Ripley, S.D. 1942. The species Eurystomus orientalis. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 55: 169-176
• Ripley, S.D. 1961. A Synopsis of the Birds of India and Pakistan. Bombay : Bombay Natural History Society xxxvi 703 pp.
• Ripley, S.D. & Birkhead, H. 1942. Birds collected during the Whitney South Sea Expedition. 51 On the fruit pigeons of the Ptilinopus purpuratus group. American Museum Novitates 1992: 1-14
• Roberts, A. 1922. A review of the nomenclature of South African birds. Annals of the Transvaal Museum 8: 187-272
• Roberts, G.J. 1983. Observations of Masked Owls in the Gloucester area, New South Wales. Australian Birds 18: 13-14
• Roberts, G.J. & Ingram, G.J. 1978. Marbled Frogmouth in the Conondale Range, south-eastern Queensland. The Emu 78: 41-42
• Roberts, J.R., Smyth, D.M. & Spain, A.V. 1976. Preliminary studies on acoustic orientation in Collocalia spodiopygia. Search 7: 97-98
• Roberts, N.L. 1961. Koel display and courtship. The Emu 61: 242-243
• Robertson, C.J.R. (consultant ed.) 1985. Reader's Digest Complete Book of New Zealand Birds. Sydney : Reader's Digest 319 pp.
• Robertson, D.G. 1980. First record of the House Swift Apus affinis (Apodidae) in Australia. Australian Bird Watcher 8: 239-242
• Robinson, A. 1960. The importance of the marri as a food source to south-western Australian birds. Western Australian Naturalist 7: 109-115
• Robinson, H.C. 1900. Contributions to the zoology of North Queensland. Bulletin of the Liverpool Museum 2: 115-116
• Robinson, H.C. & Laverock, W.S. 1900. The birds of North Queensland. Part 1. On two collections from Cooktown and the neighbourhood of Cairns. With Field-notes by E. Olive. Ibis 7 6: 617-653 [Date published Oct 1900]
• Robinson, L.N. & Whitbourn, E.J. 1961. The nesting of two species of nightjars. Australian Bird Watcher 1: 130-135
• Rollin, N. 1955. Diurnal rest period of the Red-backed Parrot. The Emu 55: 16-18
• Ronsil, R. 1957. Madame Knip, née Pauline de Courcelles et son oeuvre ornithologique. Journal of the Society for the Bibliography of Natural History 3: 207-220
• Rose, A.B. 1973. Food of some Australian birds. The Emu 73: 177-183
• Roselaar, C.S. 1985. Steptopelia senegalensis. Geographical Variation. In Cramp, S. (ed.) Handbook of the Birds of Europe the Middle East and North Africa The Birds of the Western Palaearctic. Vol. IV Terns to Woodpeckers. Oxford : Oxford University Press. 960 pp. 98 pls
• Rosenberg, C.B.H. 1866. [Title not located]. Natuurwetenschappelijk Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie Natuurwet 29
• Rothschild, L.W. & Hartert, E. 1918. Further notes on the birds of Sudest Island, or Tagula, in the Louisiade Group. Novitates Zoologicae 25: 313-326
• Rothschild, W. 1916. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 37(217): 4 [Date published 24 Oct 1916]
• Rothschild, W. 1922. On the names of certain parrots of the genus Larius, Bodd. = Eclectus, Wagl. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 9 9: 411-412
• Rothschild, W. & Hartert, E. 1901. Notes on Papuan birds. Novitates Zoologicae 8: 102-162
• Rothschild, W. & Hartert, E. 1901. Notes on Papuan birds. Novitates Zoologicae 8: 55-88
• Rothschild, W. & Hartert, E. 1903. Notes on Papuan birds. Novitates Zoologicae 10: 435-480
• Rothschild, W. & Hartert, E. 1907. Poecilodryas leucops albigularis. Novitates Zoologicae 14: 459 [Date published 1 Nov 1907]
• Rothschild, W. & Hartert, E. 1907. Notes on Papuan birds. Novitates Zoologicae 14: 433-446
• Rothschild, W. & Hartert, E. 1913. List of the collection of birds made by Albert S. Meek in the lower ranges of the Snow Mountains on the Eilanden River, and on Mt. Goliath during the years 1910 and 1911. Novitates Zoologicae 20: 473-527
• Rothschild, W. & Hartert, E. 1913. On some Australian forms of Tyto. Novitates Zoologicae 20: 280-284
• Rowan, M.K. 1983. The Doves, Parrots, Louries and Cuckoos of Southern Africa. London : Croom Helm Ltd 429 pp. 8 pls.
• Rowley, I. 1965. The life history of the Superb Blue Wren Malurus cyaneus. The Emu 64: 251-297
• Rowley, I. 1967. A fourth species of Australian Corvid. The Emu 66(3): 191-210 [Date published Feb 1967]
• Rowley, I. 1970. The genus Corvus (Aves: Corvidae) in Australia. CSIRO Wildlife Research 15: 27-71
• Rowley, I. 1974. Bird Life. Sydney : Collins 284 pp.
• Rowley, I. 1980. Parent-offspring recognition in a cockatoo, the galah, Cacatua roseicapilla. Australian Journal of Zoology 28: 445-456
• Rowley, I. 1988. Moult by the Galah Cacatua roseicapilla in the wheatbelt of Western Australia. Corella 12: 109-112
• Rowley, I. 1990. Behavioural Ecology of the Galah Eolophus roseicapillus in the Wheatbelt of Western Australia. Chipping Norton, Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons xii 188 pp.
• Rowley, I. & Chapman, G. 1991. The breeding biology, food, social organization, demography and conservation of the Major Mitchell or Pink Cockatoo, Cacatua leadbeateri, on the margin of the Western Australian Wheatbelt. Australian Journal of Zoology 39: 211-261
• Rowley, I. & Russell, E. 1997. Fairy-Wrens and Grasswrens Maluridae. Oxford : Oxford University Press.
• Russ, K. 1871. [no title]. Journal of Ornithology 19: 236
• Ryan, J.V. 1980. A study of the Black-eared Cuckoo. Bird Observer (Australia) No. 586 p. 90.
• Rüppell, W.P.E.S. 1839. Ornithologische Miscellen. Museum Senckenbergianum 3(1): 1-44
• Rüppell, W.P.E.S. 1845. Systematische Uebersicht der Vögel Nord-Ost-Afrika's, nebst Abbildung und Beschreibung von fünfzig Theils unbekannten, Theils noch nicht bildlich dargestellten Arten; fortsetzung der Neuen Wirbelthiere zu der Fauna von Abyssinien gehoerig. Frankfurt : Schmerber'schen Buchhandlung 140 pp.
• SCON 1965. Memorandum on proposal to validate Cacatua. Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature 22: 156-161 [Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1833–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Sabine, J. 1819. [Title unknown]. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 12(2)
• Salomonsen, F. 1961. Notes on Flowerpeckers (Aves, Dicaeidae) 5. The genera Oreocharis, Paramythia, and Pardalotus (except the superspecies Pardalotus striatus). American Museum Novitates 2067: 1-24
• Salomonsen, F. 1961. Notes on Flowerpeckers (Aves, Dicaeidae) 6. The Superspecies Pardalotus striatus. American Museum Novitates 2068: 1-31 [Date published 29 Dec 1961]
• Salomonsen, F. 1966. Preliminary descriptions of new honey-eaters (Aves, Meliphagidae). Breviora 254: 1-12
• Salomonsen, F. 1983. Revision of the Melanesian swiftlets (Apodes, Aves) and their conspecific forms in the Indo-Australian and Polynesian region. Noona Dan Papers no. 141. Biologiske Skrifter Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab 23(5): 1-112
• Salvadori, T. 1870. Descrizione di una nuova specie del genere Pitta. Atti della Società Italiana di Scienze Naturali e del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Milano 1869: 551 [Date published Feb 1870]
• Salvadori, T. 1874. Catalogo sistematico degli uccelli di Borneo con note ed osservazioni di G. Doria ed O. Beccari intorno alle specie da essi raccolte nel ragioto di Sarawak. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale Genova 5: 61
• Salvadori, T. 1876. Descrizione di due nuove specie di uccelli del Capo York. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale Genova 7: 991-992 [publication dated 1875]
• Salvadori, T. 1878. Descrizione di trentuna specie nuove di uccelli delle sottoregione papuana, e note intorno ad altre poco conosciute. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale Genova 12: 317-347
• Salvadori, T. 1878. Reports on the Collection of Birds made during the Voyage of H.M.S. 'Challenger.' No. VI. On the Birds of Ternate, Amboyna, Banda, the Kê Islands, and the Aru Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1878: 78-100
• Salvadori, T. 1880. Ornitologia della Papuasia e delle Molucche. Parte Prima. Torino : G.B. Paravia & Co. xii 573 pp.
• Salvadori, T. 1881. Ornithologiae della Papuasia e delle Molucche. Turin : T. Salvadori Vol. 2.
• Salvadori, T. 1882. Ornithologia della Papuasia e delle Molucche. Turino : T. Salvadori Vol. 3.
• Salvadori, T. 1883. Ornitologia della Papuasia e delle Molucche. Parte Terza. Torino : Paravia & Co. xv 595 pp. [publication dated as 1882]
• Salvadori, T. 1891. Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum. Catalogue of the Psittaci, or Parrots. London : British Museum Vol. 20 xvii 658 pp. XVIII pls.
• Salvadori, T. 1891. Descriptions of two new species of parrots of the genus Cyanorhamphus in the British Museum. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 7: 68 [published before Dec.]
• Salvadori, T. 1891. Descriptions of two new species of parrots of the genus Platycercus. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1891: 129-130 [published June]
• Salvadori, T. 1893. Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum. Catalogue of the Columbae, or Pigeons. London : British Museum Vol. 21 xvii 676 pp. XV pls.
• Sassi, M. 1909. Bemerkungen zu den von E. Weiske in British-Neu-Guinea und Nord-Queensland gesammelten Vogelbaelgen. (In its 75th year). Journal of Ornithology 1909(8): 365-383 [Date published Jul 1909]
• Saunders, 1893. [Untitled]. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club iii: xii
• Saunders, D.A. 1974. Subspeciation in the White-tailed Black Cockatoo, Calyptorhynchus baudinii, in Western Australia. Australian Wildlife Research 1: 55-69 [publication date Mathews, G.M. 1920. Dates of ornithological works. Austral Avian Records 4: 1–27 (cf. Whittell, H.M. 1954. The Literature of Australian Birds: a History and Bibliography of Australian Ornithology. Perth : Paterson Brokensha xi 116 788 pp. [288]; Meyer de Schauensee, R. 1957. On some avian types, principally Gould's, in the collection of the Academy. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 109: 123–246)]
• Saunders, D.A. 1974. The function of displays in the breeding of the White-tailed Black Cockatoo. The Emu 74: 43-46
• Saunders, D.A. 1974. The occurrence of the White-tailed Black Cockatoo, Calyptorhynchus baudinii, in Pinus plantations in Western Australia. Australian Wildlife Research 1: 45-54
• Saunders, D.A. 1976. Breeding of the White-tailed Black Cockatoo in captivity. Western Australian Naturalist 13: 171-172
• Saunders, D.A. 1977. Breeding of the Long-billed Corella at Coomallo Creek, WA. The Emu 77: 223-227 [publication date Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240)]
• Saunders, D.A. 1977. Red-tailed Black Cockatoo breeding twice a year in the south-west of Western Australia. The Emu 77: 107-110 [publication date Meyer de Schauensee, R. 1957. On some avian types, principally Gould's, in the collection of the Academy. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 109: 123–246 Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]]
• Saunders, D.A. 1977. The effect of agricultural clearing on the breeding success of the White-tailed Black Cockatoo. The Emu 77: 180-184
• Saunders, D.A. 1978. Measurements of the Little Corella from Kununurra, WA. The Emu 78: 37-39
• Saunders, D.A. 1979. Distribution and taxonomy of the white-tailed and yellow-tailed black-cockatoos Calyptorhynchus spp. The Emu 79: 215-227
• Saunders, D.A. 1979. The availability of tree hollows for use as nest sites by White-tailed Black Cockatoos. Australian Wildlife Research 6: 205-216
• Saunders, D.A. 1980. Food and movements of the short-billed form of the White-tailed Black Cockatoo. Australian Wildlife Research 7: 257-269 [Richmond, C.W. 1900. Some necessary changes in nomenclature. Auk ns 17: 178–179; Mathews, G.M. 1927. Points of nomenclature. Emu 26: 222–224 Sherborn, C.D. 1895. On the dates of Shaw and Nodder's 'Naturalist's Miscellany'. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 15: 375–376; Mathews, G.M. 1926. An important date. Emu 26: 148 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Saunders, D.A. 1982. The breeding behaviour and biology of the short-billed form of the White-tailed Black Cockatoo Calyptorhynchus funereus. Ibis 124: 422-455
• Saunders, D.A. 1983. Vocal repertoire and individual vocal recognition in the short-billed white-tailed Black Cockatoo, Calyptorhynchus funereus latirostris Carnaby. Australian Wildlife Research 10: 527-536
• Saunders, D.A. 1986. Breeding season, nesting success and nesting growth in Carnaby's Cockatoo, Calyptorhynchus funereus latirostris, over 16 years at Coomallo Creek, and a method for assessing the viability of populations in other areas. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 261-273 [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Saunders, D.A. & Campbell, N.A. 1976. Morphological variation in the White-tailed Black Cockatoo, Calyptorhynchus baudinii, in Western Australia: a multivariate approach. Australian Journal of Zoology 24: 589-595
• Saunders, D.A., Smith, G.T. & Campbell, N.A. 1984. Egg shape within the Australian Psittaciformes with comments on eggs of Nymphicus hollandicus. The Emu 84: 36-37
• Saunders, H. 1895. [Title unknown]. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 4: xix
• Schinz, H.R. in Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D. 1821. Le Règne Animal distribué d'après son Organisation, pour servir de base à l'histoire naturelle des animaux et d'introduction à l'anatomie comparée. Paris : Déterville.
• Schlegel, H. 1857. Handleiding tot de beoefening der Dierkunde. Breda Vol. 1.
• Schlegel, H. 1861. Einige Worte über die Schwarz-Kakatu's und über die Paradiesvögel. Journal of Ornithology 9: 377-387
• Schlegel, H. 1871. [Title not found]. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 4
• Schlegel, H. 1872. De Dierentuin van het Koninklijk Zoologisch Genootschap Natura Artis Magistra te Amsterdam. De Vogels. Amsterdam : van Es 292 pp.
• Schlegel, H. 1874. Revue des Perroquets. Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle des Pays-Bas. Revue méthodique et critique des collections déposées dans cet établissement. Leiden : E.J. Brill livr. 11 in Vol. III 166 pp. [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Schodde, R. 1965. Observations on new distribution and habitat of five Australian land birds. The Emu 64: 204-208
• Schodde, R. 1975. Interim List of Australian Songbirds. Passerines. Melbourne : Royal Australasian Ornithologists Union vi 46 pp.
• Schodde, R. 1977. The identity of the Powerful Owl Ninox strenua from Fulham, South Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 27: 184-185
• Schodde, R. 1982. Origin, adaption and evolution of birds in arid Australia. pp. 191-224 in Barker, W.R, & Greenslade, P.J.M. (eds). Evolution of the Flora and Fauna of Arid Australia. Frewville, Adelaide : Peacock Press vii 392 pp.
• Schodde, R. 1989. New subspecies of Australian birds. Canberra Bird Notes 13: 119-122 [Date published Feb. 1989: publication dated as Dec. 1988]
• Schodde, R. 1989. New subspecies of Australian birds. Canberra Bird Notes 13: 119-122 [Date published 28 Feb 1989]
• Schodde, R. 1989. The story behind the description in Canberra Bird Notes of new subspecies of birds. Canberra Bird Notes 14: 90-91
• Schodde, R. 1993. Geographic forms of the Regent Parrot, Polytelis anthopeplus (Lear), and their type localities. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 113: 44-47
• Schodde, R. 1993. Stabilization of the scientific name for the White-browed Treecreeper (Climacteridae) by neotypification. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 113(4): 230-232 [Date published 30 Dec 1993]
• Schodde, R. 1993. The bird fauna of western New South Wales: geography and status. pp. 107-121 in Lunney, D. (ed.). The Future of Native Fauna in Western New South Wales. Sydney : Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales / Surrey Beatty.
• Schodde, R. 2009. Podargus brachypterus vs. macrorhynchus: misuse of Article 32.5.1.1 of the Code. Zootaxa 2246: 67-68
• Schodde, R., this work
• Schodde, R. & Bock, W.J. 1994. (Case 2856). Psittacus banksii Latham, 1790 and P. lathami Temminck, 1807 (currently Calyptorhynchus banksii and C. lathami; Aves, Psittaciformes): proposed conservation of the specific names. Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature 51: 253-255 [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Schodde, R. & Christidis, L. 1987. Genetic differentiation and subspeciation in the Grey Grasswren Amytornis barbatus (Maluridae). The Emu 87(3): 188-192 [Date published Sep 1987]
• Schodde, R. & Mason, I.J. 1976. A new subspecies of Colluricincla megarhyncha Quoy and Gaimard from the Northern Territory. The Emu 76(3): 109-114 [Date published Jul 1976]
• Schodde, R. & Mason, I.J. 1976. Infra-specific variation in Alcedo azurea Latham (Alcedinidae). The Emu 76: 161-166
• Schodde, R. & Mason, I.J. 1979. Revision of the Zitting Cisticola Cisticola juncidis (Rafinesque) in Australia, with a description of a new subspecies. The Emu 79: 49-53
• Schodde, R. & Mason, I.J. 1981. Nocturnal Birds of Australia. Illustrated by Jeremy Boot. Melbourne : Lansdowne Edns 136 pp. 22 pls. [publication dated as 1980]
• Schodde, R. & Mason, I.J. 1991. Subspeciation in the Western Whipbird Psophodes nigrogularis and its zoogeographical significance, with descriptions of two new subspecies. The Emu 91: 133-144
• Schodde, R. & Mason, I.J. 1997. Aves (Columbidae to Coraciidae). In, Houston, W.W.K. & Wells, A. (eds). Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing, Australia Vol. 37.2 xiii 440 pp.
• Schodde, R. & Mason, I.J. 1999. The Directory of Australian Birds : Passerines. A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Atlas of the Biodiversity of Birds in Australia and its Territories. Collingwood, Australia : CSIRO Publishing x 851 pp.
• Schodde, R. & Mason, I.J. In Schodde, R., Mason, I.J. & Wood, J.T. 1993. Geographical differentiation in the Glossy Black Cockatoo Calytorhynchus lathami (Temminck), and its history. The Emu 93: 156-166 [published Sept. Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Schodde, R. & Short, L.L. in Schodde, R. 1989. New subspecies of Australian birds. Canberra Bird Notes 13: 119-122 [Date published Feb. 1989: publication dated as Dec. 1988]
• Schodde, R. & Tidemann, S.C. (consultant eds) 1986. Reader's Digest Complete Book of Australian Birds. Sydney : Reader's Digest 639 pp.
• Schodde, R. & Van Tets, G.F. 1981. First record of the Brown Hawk-Owl Ninox scutulata from Australasia. The Emu 81: 171
• Schodde, R. & Weatherley, R.G. 1981. A new subspecies of the Southern Emu-wren Stipiturus malachurus from South Australia, with notes on its affinities. South Australian Ornithologist 28(7): 169-170 [Date published Sep 1981]
• Schodde, R. In Schodde, R. & Mason, I.J. 1997. Aves (Columbidae to Coraciidae). In, Houston, W.W.K. & Wells, A. (eds). Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing, Australia Vol. 37.2 xiii 440 pp.
• Schodde, R., Fullagar, P. & Hermes, N. 1983. A Review of Norfolk Island Birds: Past and Present. Canberra : Aust. Natl Parks Wldlf. Serv. Spec. Publ. 8 viii (un-numbered) 119 pp.
• Schodde, R., Mason, I.J. & McKean, J.L. 1979. A new subspecies of Philemon buceroides from Arnhem Land. The Emu 79(1): 24-30 [Date published Feb 1979]
• Schodde, R., Mason, I.J. & Wood, J.T. 1993. Geographical differentiation in the Glossy Black Cockatoo Calytorhynchus lathami (Temminck), and its history. The Emu 93: 156-166 [published Sept. Meyer de Schauensee, R. 1957. On some avian types, principally Gould's, in the collection of the Academy. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 109: 123–246 Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]]
• Schodde, R., Saunders, D.A. & Homberger, D.G. In Schodde, R. 1989. New subspecies of Australian birds. Canberra Bird Notes 13: 119-122 [Date published Feb. 1989: publication dated as Dec. 1988 Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Schodde, R., Smith, G.T., Mason, I.J. & Weatherly, R.G. 1979. Relationships and speciation in the Australian corellas (Psittacidae). Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 99: 128-137
• Schodde, R., Van Tets, G.F., Champion, C.R. & Hope, G.S. 1975. Observations on birds at glacial altitudes on the Carstensz Massif, western New Guinea. The Emu 75: 65-72 [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B [publication dated as from preface, 12 June 1919 given in Appendix B] (Appendix B)]
• Schrader, N. 1975. The breeding of Budgerygahs in western New South Wales. Australian Bird Watcher 6: 118-122
• Schrader, N.W. 1980. A review of the distribution of the Superb Parrot in central New South Wales. Australian Birds 14: 45-50
• Sclater, P.L 1859. Untitled "The following list of additions to the Society's Menagerie by presentation and purchase during the month of May was read". Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1859: 212
• Sclater, P.L. 1858. Notes on an unnamed parrot from the island of St. Domingo, now living in the Society's Gardens; and on some other species of the same family. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1857: 224-226 [publication dated as 1857]
• Sclater, P.L. 1860. On the species of the genus Prioniturus, and on the geographical distribution of the Psittacidae in the Eastern Archipelago. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1860: 223-228
• Sclater, P.L. 1861. Remarks on the geographical distribution of the genus Turdus. Ibis 3(11): 277-283 [Date published Jul 1861]
• Sclater, P.L. 1866. Descriptions of six new species of American Oscines. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1866: 320 [Date published 1 Oct 1866]
• Sclater, P.L. 1866. Notes upon the American Caprimulgidae. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1866: 123-145
• Sclater, P.L. 1871. Notes on rare or little-known animals now or lately living in the Society's Gardens. Part II, Birds. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1871: 489-496 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]]
• Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435-440
• Scopoli, G.A. 1777. Introductio ad Historiam Naturalem, sistens genera lapidum, plantarum et animalium hactenus detecta, caracteribus essentialibus donata, in tribus divisa, subinde ad leges naturae. Prague : Wolfgangus Gerle 506 pp.
• Scopoli, G.A. 1786. Deliciae florae et faunae insubricae; seu Novae, aut minus cognitae species plantarum et animalium quas in Insubria austriaca tam spontaneas, quam exoticas vidit, descripsit, et aeri incidi curavit Ionnes Antonius Scopoli. 3 pts. Ticini : Ex Typographia Reg. et Imp. Monasterii S. Salvatoris Vol. 2.
• Scopoli, G.A. 1786. Deliciae florae et faunae insubricae; seu Novae, aut minus cognitae species plantarum et animalium quas in Insubria austriaca tam spontaneas, quam exoticas vidit, descripsit, et aeri incidi curavit Ionnes Antonius Scopoli. 3 pts. Ticini Vol. 2.
• Scopoli, G.A. 1788. Specimen Zoologicum exhibens Characteres genericos & specificos, nonnec Nomina trivialia novorum Animalium. pp. 84–96 in, Deliciae Florae et Faunae Insubricae; seu Novae, aut minus cognitae species plantarum et animalium, quas in Insubria austriaca tam spontaneas quam exoticas vidit, descripsit et aeri incidi curavit. Ticini : Monasterii S. Salvatoris. Pt II 115 pp. 25 pls [publication dated as 1786–1788]
• Sedgwick, E. 1958. The introduced Turtledoves in Western Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 6: 92-100, 112-127
• Seebeck, J. 1976. The diet of the Powerful Owl Ninox strenua in western Victoria. The Emu 76: 167-170
• Seebohm, H. 1881. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum. Cichlomorphae: Part II. London : British Museum Vol. 5 xvi + 426 pp.
• Seebohm, H. 1888. The geographical distribution of the family Charadriidae, or the plovers, sandpipers, snipes and their allies. London : Henry Sotheran 524 pp.
• Selby, P.J. 1835. The Natural History of Pigeons. In, Jardine, W. (ed.). The Naturalist's Library. Edinburgh : W.H. Lizars Ornithological Series Vol. 5 228 pp. 30 pls.
• Selby, P.J. 1840. A Catalogue of the Generic and Sub-generic Types of the Class Aves, Birds, arranged according to the Natural System. Newcastle : T. & J. Hodgson 70 pp.
• Selys-Longchamps, M.-E. 1839. Analyse d'une classification des oiseaux passereaux, basée sur le genre de vie et sur les formes de ces oiseaux. Revue de Zoologie, Paris 2: 9-13
• Serventy, D.L. 1938. The King Parrot of Western Australia - Purpureicephalus spurius (Kuhl, 1820). The Emu 37: 169-172 pl. 28
• Serventy, D.L. 1953. Some speciation problems in Australian birds. The Emu 53: 131-145
• Serventy, D.L. & Whittell, H.M. 1976. Birds of Western Australia. Perth : University Western Australia Press x (un-numbered) 481 pp.
• Sharland, M. 1947. Notes on two Neophema parrots. The Emu 46: 258-264
• Sharpe, R.B. 1871. On the Coraciidae of the Ethiopian region. Ibis 3 1: 184-203, 270-289
• Sharpe, R.B. 1874. Aves. Zoological Records 9: 19-60 [publication dated as 1872]
• Sharpe, R.B. 1875. Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum. Catalogue of the Striges, or Nocturnal Birds of Prey. London : British Museum Vol. 2 xi 325 pp. XIV pls.
• Sharpe, R.B. 1875. Description of an apparently new species of Teal from Kerguelen's Island. Ibis 1875: 328
• Sharpe, R.B. 1877. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or perching birds in the collection of the British Museum. Coliomorphae, containing the families Corvidae, Paradiseidae, Oriolidae, Dicruridae, and Prionopidae. London : British Museum Vol. 3 xiii + 343 pp.
• Sharpe, R.B. 1878. A note on the Genus Artamus and its geographical distribution. Ornithological Miscellany 3: 179-202 [Date published May 1878]
• Sharpe, R.B. 1878. Contributions to the Ornithology of New Guinea. Part IV. On the collection of birds brought by Mr. Ocatvius C. Stone from south-eastern New Guinea. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology 13: 486-505 [Date published 27 Feb 1878]
• Sharpe, R.B. 1879. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching Birds in the Collection of the British Museum Cichlomorphae: Part 1. London : British Museum Vol. 4 xvi + 494 pp.
• Sharpe, R.B. 1879. On Pseudogerygone rubra, a remarkable new species of Flycatcher, from the Arfak Mountains, North-Western New Guinea. Notes from the Leyden Museum 1: 29 [Date published Jan 1879]
• Sharpe, R.B. 1879. Untitled letter to editor. Ibis 4 2(3): 368 [Date published Jul 1879]
• Sharpe, R.B. 1881. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching Birds in the Collection of the British Museum. Cichlomorphae. Part 3. Containing the first portion of the Family Timeliidae (Babbling-Thrushes). London : British Museum Vol. 6 xiii + 420 pp.
• Sharpe, R.B. 1881. On some Flycatchers lately added to the collection of the British Museum. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1881: 788-790 [Date published 21 Jun 1881]
• Sharpe, R.B. 1881. Untitled letter. Ibis 4 5(xx): 605 [Date published Oct 1881]
• Sharpe, R.B. 1883. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching Birds in the collection of the British Museum. Cichlomorphae. Part 4. Containing the concluding portion of the Family Timeliidae (Babbling-Thrushes). London : British Museum Vol. 7 xvi + 698 pp.
• Sharpe, R.B. 1884. Aves. pp. 11-28 in Sharpe, R.B. Report on the Zoological Collections made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during the voyage of H.M.S. "Alert" 1881-2. London : British Museum (Natural History) xxv + 684 pp.
• Sharpe, R.B. 1887. II. Birds. In Günther, A. Report on a zoological collection made by officers of the H.M.S. 'Flying Fish' at Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1887: 507-526 [publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1833–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Sharpe, R.B. 1887. Birds. 515-516 in Günther, A. Report on a Zoological Collection made by the Officers of H.M.S. 'Flying Fish' at Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1887: 507-526
• Sharpe, R.B. 1890. Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum. London : British Museum Vol. 13 xvi + 701 pp.
• Sharpe, R.B. 1890. Notes on specimens in the Hume Collection of Birds. No. 6.—On the Coraciidae of the Indian Region, with descriptions of some new species. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1890: 546-552
• Sharpe, R.B. 1891. Monograph of the Paradiseidae, or Birds of Paradise, and Ptilonorhynchidae, or Bower-birds. London : Henry Sotheran Vol. 1.
• Sharpe, R.B. 1892. Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum. Catalogue of the Picariae. Coraciae (contin.) and Halcyones. London : British Museum Vol. 17 xi 522 pp. XVII pls.
• Sharpe, R.B. 1896. Catalogue of the Limicolae in the Collection of the British Museum. London : British Museum (Natural History) Vol. 24 xii + 794 pp.
• Sharpe, R.B. 1898. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 8(58): 22 [Date published 31 Dec 1898]
• Sharpe, R.B. 1903. A Hand-list of the Genera and Species of Birds. [Nomenclator avium tum fossilium tum viventium]. London : British Museum Vol. 4 xii + 391 pp.
• Sharpe, R.B. 1906. Birds. pp. 79–515 in, The History of the Collections contained in the Natural History Departments of the British Museum. London : British Museum Vol. 2.
• Sharpe, R.B. & Wyatt, C.W. 1887. A monograph of the Hirundinidae or family of swallows. London Vol. 5, 6.
• Shaw, G. 1793. Musuem Leverianum, containing select specimens from the Museum of the late Sir Ashton Lever, Kt. with descriptions in Latin and English. London : J. Parkinson 248 + 48 pp.
• Shaw, G. 1793. Zoology and Botany of New Holland and the isles adjacent; the zoological part. London : J. Sowerby Vol. 1 Pt 2-54 pp. pls. [Date published 1794]
• Shaw, G. 1794. Zoology of New Holland. 33 pp. in Shaw, G. & Smith, J.E. (eds). Zoology and Botany of New Holland, and the isles adjacent. The figures by J. Sowerby, F.L.S. London : J. Sowerby Vol. 1.
• Shaw, G. 1796. Museum Leverianum, containing select specimens from the Museum of the late Sir Ashton Lever, Kt. with descriptions in Latin and English. (6 parts, 2 vols.). London : J. Parkinson 248 + 48 pp. [publication dated 1792–1796, Pt 5 published Feb. 1793]
• Shaw, G. 1796. Museum Leverianum, containing select specimens from the Museum of the late Sir Ashton Lever, Kt. with descriptions in Latin and English. London : J. Parkinson 248 + 48 pp. [publication dated as 1792-1796, Pt 5 published Feb. 1793]
• Shaw, G. 1796. Museum Leverianum, containing select specimens of the Museum from the late Sir Ashton Lever, Kt. with descriptions in Latin and English. London : J. Parkinson Pt 2, 248 + 48 pp. [Date published May 1792: publication dated as 1792-1796, Pt 2, published May 1792]
• Shaw, G. 1798. An appendix to Account of a New Species of Muscicapa from New South Wales by Major-General Thomas Davies. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 4: 242
• Shaw, G. 1809. General Zoology, or Systematic Natural History. Aves. London : Kearsley, Wilkie & Robinson Vol. 7.
• Shaw, G. 1812. General Zoology, or Systematic Natural History. Aves. London : Kearsley, Wilkie & Robinson Vol. VIII Pt 2 vi pp. 244-557 pls 46-84. [Date published 1811]
• Shaw, G. 1812. General Zoology, or Systematic Natural History. Aves. London : Kearsley, Wilkie & Robinson Vol. VIII.
• Shaw, G. In Shaw, G. & Nodder, F.P. (ill.) 1792. The Naturalist's Miscellany; or coloured figures of natural objects drawn and described immediately from nature. London : Nodder Vol. III pls 75-110. [pl. 93 of original description dated Feb. 1792]
• Shaw, G. & Nodder, F.P. 1789. The Naturalist's Miscellany: Coloured figures of Natural objects drawn and described immediately from nature. London Vol. 1.
• Shaw, G. & Nodder, F.P. (ill.) 1792. The Naturalist's Miscellany; or Coloured figures of Natural objects drawn and described immediately from nature. London : Nodder Vol. IV.
• Shaw, G. In Shaw, G. & Nodder, F.P. (ill.) 1791. The Naturalist's Miscellany; or coloured figures of natural objects drawn and described immediately from nature. London : Nodder Vol. II pls 38-74. [publication dated as 1790-1791, published 1 Dec. 1790 Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]]
• Shaw, G. In Shaw, G. & Nodder, F.P. (ill.) 1791. The Naturalist's Miscellany; or coloured figures of natural objects drawn and described immediately from nature. London : Nodder Vol. II pls 38-74. [publication dated as 1790-1791]
• Shaw, G. In Shaw, G. & Nodder, F.P. (ill.) 1796. The Naturalist's Miscellany; or coloured figures of natural objects drawn and described immediately from nature. London : Nodder Vol. VIII pls 255-300.
• Shaw, G. In Shaw, G. & Nodder, F.P. (ill.) 1791. The Naturalist's Miscellany; or coloured figures of natural objects drawn and described immediately from nature. London : Nodder Vol. III pls 75-110. [Date published dated 1792: publication dated as 1792]
• Shaw, G. In Shaw, G. & Nodder, F.P. (ill.) 1805. The Naturalist's Miscellany; or coloured figures of natural objects drawn and described immediately from nature. London : Nodder Vol. XVI pls 637-684.
• Shaw, G. in Shaw, G. & Nodder, F.P. (ill.) 1794. The Naturalist's Miscellany; or coloured figures of natural objects drawn and described immediately from nature. London : Nodder 183-218, VI pls.
• Shaw, G. in Shaw, G. & Nodder, F.P. (ill.) 1803. The Naturalist's Miscellany; or Coloured figures of Natural objects drawn and described immediately from nature. London : Nodder Vol. XIV.
• Shaw, G. in Shaw, G. & Nodder, F.P. 1798. The Naturalist's Miscellany, or coloured figures of natural objects; drawn and described from nature. London Vol. 9 pls 325–348, unnumbered pages.
• Shaw, G. in Shaw, G. & Nodder, F.P. (ill.). 1811. The Naturalist's Miscellany; or Coloured figures of Natural objects drawn and described immediately from nature. London : Nodder Vol. XXII.
• Shaw, G. in White, J. 1790. Journal of a Voyage to New South Wales with Sixty-five Plates of Non descript Animals, Birds, Lizards, Serpents, curious Cones of Trees and other Natural Productions. London : J. Debrett 299 pp. 65 pls. [published before Aug.]
• Shaw, G. in Shaw, G. & Nodder, F.P. 1798. The Naturalist's Miscellany, or coloured figures of natural objects; drawn and described from nature. London Vol. 10 pls 349-396, unnumbered pages.
• Shelley, G.E. 1891. Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum. Catalogue of the Picariae-Cuculidae. London : British Museum Vol. 19 xii 484 pp. 13 pls.
• Shellswell, G.B., Gosney, S. & Hinde, R.A. 1975. Photoperiodic control of Budgerigar reproduction: circadian changes in sensitivity. Journal of Zoology, London 175: 53-60
• Shephard, M. 1989. Aviculture in Australia. Keeping and Breeding Aviary Birds. Prahran, Vic. : Black Cockatoo Press ix 380 pp.
• Sherborn, C.D. 1902. Index Animalium; sive, Index nominem quae ab A.D. 1758 generibus et speciebus animalium imposita sunt, societatibus eruditorum adiuvantibus. Sectio Prima, 1758–1800. London : British Museum 1195 pp.
• Shufeldt, R.W. 1889. Studies of the Macrochires, morphological and otherwise, with the view of indicating their relationships and defining their several positions in the system. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology 20: 299-392
• Shufeldt, R.W. 1903. On the osteology and systematic position of the kingfishers. American Naturalist 37: 697-725
• Sibley, C.G. 1970. A comparative study of the egg-white proteins of passerine birds. Peabody Museum of Natural History, Bulletin 32: 1-131
• Sibley, C.G. & Ahlquist, J.E. 1972. A comparative study of the egg white proteins of non-passerine birds. Peabody Museum of Natural History, Bulletin 39: vi 1-276 37 figs
• Sibley, C.G. & Ahlquist, J.E. 1990. Phylogeny and Classification of Birds. A Study in Molecular Evolution. New Haven : Yale University Press xxiii 976 pp.
• Sibley, C.G. & Ahlquist, J.E. 1990. Phylogeny and Classification of Birds. A Study in Molecular Evolution. New Haven : Yale University Press.
• Sibley, C.G. & Monroe, B.L., Jr 1990. Distribution and Taxonomy of Birds of the World. New Haven : Yale University Press xxiv 1111 pp.
• Sibley, C.G., Ahlquist, J.E. & Monroe, B.L., Jr 1988. A classification of living birds of the world based on DNA-DNA hybridization studies. Auk 105: 409-423
• Sibley, C.G., Schodde, R. & Ahlquist, J.E. 1984. The relationships of the Australo-Papuan treecreepers Climacteridae as indicated by DNA-DNA hybridization. The Emu 84: 236-241
• Siebers, F.W. 1825. Vögel aus Neuholland. Isis Oken 1825(1): Beylage No. 1
• Siebers, H.C. 1930. Fauna Buruana. Treubia 7(suppl. 5): 181-187
• Simonetta, A.M. 1968. Cinesi e morfologia del cranio negli uccelli non passeriformi. Studio su varie tendenze evolutive. Parte II. Striges, Caprimulgiformes ed Apodiformes. Archivio Zoologico Italiano 52: 1-36
• Simpson, K.N.G. 1972. Feeding of the Yellow-tailed Black Cockatoo on cossid moth larvae inhabiting Acacia species. Victorian Naturalist 89: 32-40
• Simpson, K.N.G. 1973. Birds of the Murray River region between Mildura and Renmark, Australia - breeding, behavioural and feeding records. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne 34: 253-274
• Simpson, K.N.G. & Noonan, D.J. 1967. Diving display flights of the Spine-tailed Swift. The Emu 67: 27-31
• Sladen, P. 1845. [reference not found]. The Zoologist 3
• Smedley, D.I. 1983. Mating of the Fan-tailed Cuckoo. Corella 7: 43
• Smith, G.A. 1975. Systematics of parrots. Ibis 117: 18-68
• Smith, G.T. 1991. Breeding ecology of the western Long-billed Corella, Cacatua pastinator pastinator. Australian Wildlife Research 18: 91-110 [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Smith, P. 1984. Prey items of the Sooty Owl and the Barn Owl at Bega, New South Wales. Corella 8: 71-72
• Smyth, D.M. 1980. Notes on the diet of the Grey Swiftlet, Aerodramus spodiopygius. Sunbird 11: 20-21
• Smyth, D.M., Pecotich, L. & Roberts, J.R. 1980. Notes on the distribution and breeding of the Grey Swiftlet, Aerodramus spodiopygius. Sunbird 11: 1-19
• Snow, D.W. (ed.) 1978. An Atlas of Speciation in African Non-Passerine Birds. London : British Museum (Natural History) vii 390 pp.
• Somadikarta, S. 1982. The White-bellied Swiftlet Collocalia esculenta from Java. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 102: 18-20
• Somadikarta, S. 1986. Collocalia linchi Horsfield & Moore—a revision. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 106: 32-40
• Sonnerat, P. 1782. Voyage aux Indes Orientales et a la Chine, Fait par Ordre du Roi, depuis 1774 jusqu'en 1781. Paris : P. Sonnerat Tome 2 viii 298 pp. pls 81-140. [publication date established from Zimmer (1926)]
• Sparrman, A 1788. Museum Carlsonianum, in quo novas et selectas aves, coloribus ad vivum brevique descriptione illustratas, sussu et sumtibus generisissimi possessoris, exhibet Andreas Sparrman. 4 parts. Holmiae : Typographia Regia lv + 100 pl.
• Sparrman, A. 1786. Museum Carlsonianum. In quo Novas et Selectas Aves, Coloribus ad vivum brevique descriptione illustratas, Suasu et Sumtibus Generosissimi Possessoris. Fasc. 1. No. 11. Holmiae : Typographia Regia.
• Sparrman, A. 1787. Museum Carlsonianum, in quo novas et selectas aves, coloribus ad vivum brevique descriptione illustratas, suasu et sumtibus generosissimi possessoris, exhibet Andreas Sparrman. Holmiae : Typographia Regia Vol. 1 fasc. 100 pl.
• Sparrman, A. 1789. Museum Carlsonianum. In quo Novas et Selectas Aves, Coloribus ad vivum brevique descriptione illustratas, Suasu et Sumtibus Generosissimi Possessoris. Holmiae : Typographia Regia Fasc. 2 pls 26-50. [publication dated as 1786–1789 Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240)]
• Stanger, M., Clayton, M., Schodde, R., Wombey, J. & Mason, I. 1998. CSIRO List of Australian Vertebrates: A Reference with Conservation Status. Australia : CSIRO Publishing iv 162 pp.
• Steiner, H. 1950. Die mutation "Opal" beim Wellensittich, Melopsittacus undulatus (Shaw), ein mutmasslicher fall iterativer oder paralleler entwicklung innerhalb des formenkreises der Plattschweifsittiche (Platycercidae). Archiv der Julius Klaus-Stiftung für Vererbungsforschung, Sozialanthropologie, und Rassenhygiene, Zurich 25: 488-496
• Stejneger, L. 1884. Analecta Ornithologica. Second Series. Auk 1: 225-236
• Stejneger, L.H. 1885. Birds. In, Kingsley, J.S. (ed.). The Standard Natural History. Boston : S.E. Cassino Vol. 4.
• Stephan, B. 1965. Die Zahl der Armschwingen bei den Passeriformes. Journal of Ornithology 106: 446-458
• Stephens, J.F. 1815. In, General Zoology or Systematic Natural History, commenced by the late George Shaw, M.D.F.R.S. & C. Aves. London : J. Walker Vol. IX Pt I i 227 pp. pls 1-40.
• Stephens, J.F. 1817. In, General Zoology or Systematic Natural History, commenced by the late George Shaw, M.D.F.R.S. & C. Aves. London : G. Wilkie Vol. X Pt II xxxi pp. 317-765 pls 30-60. [published Sept.]
• Stephens, J.F. 1819. In, General Zoology or Systematic Natural History, commenced by the late George Shaw, M.D.F.R.S. & C. Aves. London : J. Walker Vol. XI Pt I xiv 264 pp. pls 1-17.
• Stephens, J.F. 1819. In, General Zoology or Systematic Natural History, commenced by the late George Shaw, M.D.F.R.S. & C. Aves. Pt 2. London : J. Walker Vol. XI 516 pp.
• Stephens, J.F. 1824. In, General Zoology or Systematic Natural History, commenced by the late George Shaw, M.D.F.R.S. & C. Aves, pt. 1. London : G. Wilkie Vol. xii.
• Stephens, J.F. 1824. In, General Zoology or Systematic Natural History, commenced by the late George Shaw, M.D.F.R.S. & C. Aves, pt. 2. London : G. Wilkie Vol. xii.
• Stephens, J.F. 1826. In, General Zoology or Systematic Natural History, commenced by the late George Shaw, M.D.F.R.S. & C. Aves. London : J. & A. Arch etc. Vol. XIII Pt II 290 pp. pls 31-63. [published Feb. 1826, publication dated 1825, 1826]
• Stephens, J.F. 1826. In, General Zoology or Systematic Natural History, commenced by the late George Shaw, M.D.F.R.S. & C. Aves. London : J. & A. Arch etc. Vol. XIV Pt I 385 pp. pls 1-41. [published late 1826]
• Stephens, J.F. 1827. In, General Zoology or Systematic Natural History, commenced by the late George Shaw, M.D.F.R.S. & C. Aves. London : J. & A. Arch etc. Vol. 14.
• Stokes, T. 1988. A Review of the Birds of Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Canberra : Aust. Natl Parks Wldlf. Serv. Occas. Pap. 16 40 pp.
• Stokes, T., Merton, D., Hicks, J. & Tranter, J. 1987. Additional records of birds from Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Australian Bird Watcher 12: 1-7
• Stokes, T., Sheils, W. & Dunn, K. 1984. Birds of the Cocos (Keeling) Islands, Indian Ocean. The Emu 84: 23-28
• Stone, W. & Mathews, G.M. 1913. Additional species described by Gould from Norfolk, Lord Howe, and Philip Islands. Austral Avian Records 1: 182-183
• Stone, W. in Stone, W. & Mathews, G.M. 1913. A list of the species of Australian birds described by John Gould, with the location of the type-specimens. Austral Avian Records 1: 129-180 [Date published 28 Feb 1913]
• Stonor, C.R. 1936. The evolution and mutual relationships of some of the Paradiseidae. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1936: 1177-1185
• Stonor, C.R. 1937. On the systematic position of the Ptilonorhynchidae. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107B: 475-490
• Stonor, C.R. 1938. Some features of the variation of the Birds of Paradise. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 108B: 417-481
• Storr, G.M. 1952. Remarks on the Strepteridae. South Australian Ornithologist 20: 78-80
• Storr, G.M. 1964. Green-winged and Flock Pigeons in the Kimberley Division. Western Australian Naturalist 11: 69
• Storr, G.M. 1965. The avifauna of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. The Emu 64: 172-180
• Storr, G.M. 1966. J.T. Tunney's itinerary in northern Australia 1901–1903. The Emu 66: 59-65
• Storr, G.M. 1973. The Rainbow Lorikeet (Trichoglossus haematodus) in Perth, Western Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 12: 116
• Storr, G.M. 1981. Birds of the northeastern interior of Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 9: 65-99
• Storr, G.M. 1984. Revised List of Queensland Birds. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 19: 1-189
• Stranger, R.H. 1968. A study of homing performance in the Senegal Dove. Western Australian Naturalist 11: 4-14
• Streseman, E. 1927–1934. Sauropsida: Aves. pp. in Kükenthal, W. & Krumbach, Th. (eds). Handbuch der Zoologie. Eine Naturgeschichte der Stämme des Tiereiches. Berlin : W. de Gruyter Vol. Bd 7, Hft 2 xi 899 pp.
• Stresemann, E. 1913. Ornithologische Miszellen aus dem indo-australischen Gebiet. II Teil. Novitates Zoologicae 20: 289-324
• Stresemann, E. 1916. Ueber die Formen der Gruppe Corvus coronoides Vig. und Horsf. Verhandlungen Ornithologische Gesellschaft in Bayern 12(4): 277-304 [Date published 15 May 1916]
• Stresemann, E. 1923. Dr Bürger's ornithologische Ausbeute im Stromgebiet des Sepik. Ein Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Vogelwelt Neuguineas. Archiv für Naturgeschichte ser. A 89(8): 1-92
• Stresemann, E. 1924. [no title]. Abhandlungen und Berichte aus dem Staatlichen Museum für Tierkunde in Dresden 16: 67
• Stresemann, E. 1925. Bruchstücke einer Revision der Salanganen (Collocalia). Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum in Berlin 11: 179-190
• Stresemann, E. 1927. Centropus phasianus thierfelderi subsp. nova. Oriental Insects 35: 111-112
• Stresemann, E. 1931. Notes on the systematics and distribution of some swiftlets (Collocalia) of Malaysia and adjacent subregions. Bulletin of the Raffles Museum 6: 83-101
• Stresemann, E. 1933. Ein zweites exemplar von Tyto manusi Rothsch. & Hart. Oriental Insects 41: 153
• Stresemann, E. 1934. Über Vögel, gesammelt von Dr. F. Kopstein auf den Süd-Molukken und Tenimber 1922–1924. Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 17: 15-19
• Stresemann, E. 1940–1941. Die Vögel von Celebes. Teil III. Systematik und Biologie. Journal of Ornithology 89: 1-102
• Stresemann, E. 1941. Die Vögel von Celebes. Teil III. Systematik und Biologie. Journal of Ornithology 89: 1-102 [published between 1940-1941]
• Stresemann, E. 1943. Die Gattung Corvus in Australien und Neuguinea. Journal of Ornithology 91(1): 121-135 [Date published 20 May 1943]
• Stresemann, E. 1951. Type localities of Australian birds collected by the 'Expedition Baudin' (1801–1803). The Emu 51: 65-70
• Stresemann, E. 1952. On the birds collected by Pierre Poivre in Canton, Manila, India and Madagascar (1751–1756). Ibis 94: 499-523
• Stresemann, E. 1975. Ornithology from Aristotle to the Present. [Transl. H.J. & C. Epstein, Cottrell, G.W. (ed.)]. Cambridge : Harvard University Press xii 432 pp.
• Stresemann, E. & Stresemann, V. 1966. Die Mauser der Vögel. Journal of Ornithology 107(Sonderheft): i-viii, 1-448
• Stresemann, V. & Stresemann, E. 1961. Die handschwingen-mauser der Eisvögel. Journal of Ornithology 102: 439-455
• Stresemann, V. & Stresemann, E. 1961. Die handschwingen-mauser der Kuckucke (Cuculidae). Journal of Ornithology 102: 317-353
• Streubel, A.V. In Ersch, J.S. & Gruber, J.G. 1842. Allgemeine Encyclopädie Wissenschaften und Künste. Sect. III. Place of publication unknown : Publisher unknown Vol. 17.
• Strickland, H.E. 1841. Commentary on Mr. G.R. Gray's "Genera of Birds". 1840. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 1 7: 26-41
• Strickland, H.E. 1841. [Title not located]. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6
• Strickland, H.E. 1843. Remarks on a collection of Australian drawings of birds, the property of the Earl of Derby. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 1 11: 333-338
• Strickland, H.E. In Strickland, H.E. & Jardine, W. (eds) 1855. Ornithological Synonyms Vol. 1. Accipitres. London : John van Voorst xlvi 222 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Sturt, C. 1849. Narrative of an Expedition into Central Australia, performed under the Authority of Her Majesty's Government, during the years 1844, 5, and 6. London : T. & W. Boone Vol. II vi 308 + 92 pp.
• Suh, A., Paus, M., Kiefmann, M., Churakov, G., Franke, F.A., Brosius, J., Kriegs, J.O. & Schmitz, J. 2011. Mesozoic retroposons reveal parrots as the closest living relatives of passerine birds. Nature Communications [Date published Aug. 2011: DOI: 10.1038/ncomms1448]
• Sundevall, C.J. 1857. Kritisk framställning af fogelarterna uti äldre Ornithologiska arbeten. I. Museum Carlsonianum. II. Le Vaillant, Oiseaux d'Afrique. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps Academiens Nya Handlingar, Stockholm ns 2(3): 16-60
• Sundevall, C.J. 1872. Methodi Naturalis Avium Disponendarum Tentamen. Stockholm : Samson & Wallin lxix 187 + 12 pp.
• Sundevall, C.J. 1873. Methodi Naturalis Avium Disponendarum Tentamen. Stockholm : Samson & Wallin Pt II pp. 73-187 + 12 (Appendix). [publication dated as 1872]
• Swainson, W. 1821. Zoological Illustrations; or Original Figures and Descriptions of new, rare, or interesting Animals, selected chiefly from the classes of Ornithology, Entomology, and Conchology, and arranged on the principles of Cuvier and other modern zoologists. London : Baldwin, Cradock & Joy Vol. 1 ix 75 pp. pls 1-66. [publication dated 1820–1821]
• Swainson, W. 1822. Zoological Illustrations; or Original Figures and Descriptions of new, rare, or interesting Animals, selected chiefly from the classes of Ornithology, Entomology, and Conchology, and arranged on the principles of Cuvier and other modern zoologists. Series 1. London : Baldwin, Cradock & Joy.
• Swainson, W. 1823. Zoological Illustrations; or Original Figures and Descriptions of new, rare, or interesting Animals, selected chiefly from the classes of Ornithology, Entomology, and Conchology, and arranged on the principles of Cuvier and other modern zoologists. London : Baldwin, Cradock & Joy Vol. 1 ix 75 pp., pls 1-66, Vol. 2-63 pp., pl. 67, Vol. 3 x 71 pp. [published between 1820-1823]
• Swainson, W. 1824. An inquiry into the natural affinites of the Lanidae or shrikes; preceded by some observations on the present state of ornithology in this country. Art. 42. Zoological Journal London 1: 289-307
• Swainson, W. 1825. On the characters and natural affinities of several new birds from Australasia; including some observations on the Columbidae. Zoological Journal London 1: 463-484 [Date published Jan 1825]
• Swainson, W. 1830. Zoological Illustrations, or Original Figures and Descriptions of new, rare, or interesting animals, selected chiefly from the classes of Ornithology, Entomology, and Conchology, and arranged according to their natural affinities. 2nd Series. The Birds. London : Baldwin & Cradock part viii pp.
• Swainson, W. 1831. On those birds which exhibit the typical perfection of the family of Anatidæ. Journal of the Royal Institution of Great Britain 2: 18
• Swainson, W. 1832. Fauna Boreali-Americana, or Northern Zoology. (4 vols). Lodnon Vol. 1. [Date published Feb 1832]
• Swainson, W. 1832. Fauna Boreali-Americana, or Northern Zoology. (4 vols). London Vol. 2.
• Swainson, W. 1833. Zoological Illustrations, or Original Figures and Descriptions of new, rare, or interesting animals, selected chiefly from the classes of Ornithology, Entomology, and Conchology, and arranged according to their natural affinities. 2nd Series. The Birds. London : Baldwin & Cradock Vol. 1 vii 54 pp. 45 pls 1-45. [publication dated as 1829-1833]
• Swainson, W. 1833. Zoological Illustrations, or Original Figures and Descriptions of new, rare, or interesting animals, selected chiefly from the classes of Ornithology, Entomology, and Conchology, and arranged according to their natural affinities. 2nd Series. The Birds. London : Baldwin & Cradock; W. Wood; R. Havell Vol. 3 50 pp. pls 92-136. [Date published Mar. 1833: publication dated as 1832–1833, published Mar. 1833]
• Swainson, W. 1836. On the Natural History and Classification of Birds. In, Lardner, D. (ed.). The Cabinet Cyclopaedia. London : Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman and John Taylor Vol. 1.
• Swainson, W. 1837. Animals in Menageries. In, Lardner, D. (ed.). The Cabinet Cyclopaedia. London : Longman, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman & John Taylor Vol. 6(98) 373 pp. [publication dated 13 Jan. 1838]
• Swainson, W. 1837. On the Natural History and Classification of Birds. In, Lardner, D. (ed.). The Cabinet Cyclopaedia. London : Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman and John Taylor Vol. 2(92) vi 398 pp. [publication dated 1836-1837 Kluge, A.G. 1971. John Edward Gray and "The Zoological Miscellany". In Gray, J.E. (1831–1844). The Zoological Miscellany. [reprint]. U.S.A. Misc. Publ. of Society for the Study of Amphibians and Reptiles.]
• Swainson, W. 1837. On the Natural History and Classification of Birds. In, Lardner, D. (ed.). The Cabinet Cyclopaedia. London : Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman and John Taylor Vol. 2(92) vi 398 pp. [publication dated 1836-1837]
• Swainson, W. 1838. Animals in Menageries. In, Lardner, D. (ed.) The Cabinet Cyclopaedia. London : Longman, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman & John Taylor.
• Swainson, W. 1838. The natural arrangement and relations of the family of flycatchers or Muscicapidae. Ornithology, vol. 10. In, Jardine, W. (ed.). The Naturalist's Library. Edinburgh : W.H. Lizars Vol. 21.
• Swainson, W. in Murray, H. 1834. An Encyclopaedia of Geography : comprising a complete description of the Earth, physical, Statistical, Civil, and Political; exhibiting …the Natural History of each country. London : Longman, Ross, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman xii 1567 pp.
• Swinhoe, R 1870. On the plovers of the genus Aegialtis found in China. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1870: 136-142
• Swinhoe, R. 1859. [Title unknown]. Journal of the North China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society 1(2): 225
• Swinhoe, R. 1861. Notes on ornithology taken between Takoo and Peking, in the neighbourhood of the Peiho River, Province of Chelee, North China, from August to December, 1860. Ibis 1 3: 323-345
• Swinhoe, R. 1863. Catalogue of the Birds of China, with remarks principally on their geographical distribution. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1863: 259-338
• Swinhoe, R. 1863. On new and little-known birds from China. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1863: 87-94
• Swinhoe, R. 1863. The Ornithology of Formosa, or Taiwan. Ibis 5(20): 377-435 [Date published Oct 1863]
• Sykes, W.H. 1832. [Title not located]. Proceedings of the Committee of Science and Correspondence of the Zoological Society of London 2(18)
• Söderberg, R. 1912. Cacatua leadbeateri aberrans eine neue subspecies. Oriental Insects 20: 41-42
• Tarburton, M.K. 1988. Breeding biology of the White-rumped Swiftlet at Chillagoe. The Emu 88: 202-209
• Tarr, H.E. 1948. Notes on the brooding of the Spotted Nightjar. The Emu 47: 362-367 [publication date Mathews, G.M. 1920. Dates of ornithological works. Austral Avian Records 4: 1–27 Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Tarr, H.E. 1950. The distribution of foreign birds in Australia. The Emu 49: 189-198
• Tarr, H.E. 1963. The Varied Lorikeet in northern Australia. Australian Bird Watcher 2: 184, pl.
• Tarr, H.E. 1967. The Pink Cockatoo. Australian Bird Watcher 3: 50-55
• Taylor, R.H. 1979. How the Macquarie Island Parakeet became extinct. New Zealand Journal of Ecology 2: 42-45
• Temby, I.D. & Emison, W.B. 1986. Foods of the Long-billed Corella. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 57-63 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Temminck, C.J. 1807. Catalogue Systématique du Cabinet d'Ornithologie et de la Collection de Quadrumanes de Crd. Jb. Temminck. Avec une courte description des oiseaux non-descrits suivi: d'une nôte d'oiseaux doubles et de quelques autres objets d'histoire naturelle offerts en éxchange. Amsterdam : C. Sepp viii 270 34 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]]
• Temminck, C.J. 1809. Histoire Naturelle générale des Pigeons. Peintes par Mademoiselle Pauline de Courcelles. Paris : Garnery ix 41 128 30 xvi iii pp. 59 pls. [livr. 9; publication dated as 1808–1811]
• Temminck, C.J. 1811. Histoire Naturelle générale des Pigeons. Peintes par Mademoiselle Pauline de Courcelles. Paris : Garnery ix 41 128 30 xvi iii pp. 59 pls. [publication dated as 1808–1811]
• Temminck, C.J. 1813. Histoire Naturelle générale des Pigeons et des Gallinacées. Amsterdam : J.C. Sepp & Fils Vol. 1 xvi 499 pp. 1 pl.
• Temminck, C.J. 1815. Manuel d'ornithologie, ou Tableau systematique des oiseaux qui se trouvent en Europe. Amsterdam & Paris.
• Temminck, C.J. 1820. Manuel d'ornithologie; ou, Tableau systematique des oiseaux qui se trouvent en Europe, précéde d'une analyse du système général d'ornithologie, et suivi d'une table alphabétique des espèces. Paris : Gabriel Dufour Vol. 1.
• Temminck, C.J. 1820. Manuel d'ornithologie; ou, Tableau systematique des oiseaux qui se trouvent en Europe, précéde d'une analyse du système général d'ornithologie, et suivi d'une table alphabétique des espèces. Paris : Gabriel Dufour Vol. 2.
• Temminck, C.J. 1821. Account of some new species of birds of the genera Psittacus and Columba, in the Museum of the Linnean Society. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 13: 107-130 [publication dated as 1822]
• Temminck, C.J. 1827. Nouveau Recueil des Planches Coloriees d'Oiseaux pour servir de suite et de complement aux Planches Enluminees de Buffon. Paris : G. Levrault Vol. 1-4.
• Temminck, C.J. 1849. Coup-d'Oeil Général sur les Possessions Néerlandaises dans l'Indie Archipelagique Vol. 3.
• Temminck, C.J. & Kuhl, H. in Kuhl, H. 1820. Conspectus Psittacorum. Cum specierum definitionibus, novarum descriptionibus, synonymis et circa patriam singularum naturalem adversariis, adjecto indice museorum, ubi earum artificiosae exuviae servantur. Nova Acta Physico-Medica Academiae Caesareae Leopoldino-Carolinae 10: 1-104 pls I-III
• Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1823. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux planches enluminées de Buffon. Livr. 34. Paris : G. Levrault 102 livr. in 5 vols pp.
• Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1824. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux planches enluminées de Buffon. Paris : G. Levrault Vol. 3. [Date published 22 May 1824]
• Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1828. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux planches enluminées de Buffon. Paris : G. Levrault Vol. 4.
• Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1829. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux planches enluminées de Buffon. Livr 79. Paris : G. Levrault.
• Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1838. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux planches enluminées de Buffon. Paris : G. Levrault 102 livr. in 5 vols pp. [Date published Apr. 1822]
• Temminck, C.J. & Schlegel, H. 1844. Aves. Part 1. pp. 1-141 in Siebold, P. von (ed.). Fauna Japonica sive Descriptio animalium, qual in itinere per Japoniam, jussu et auspiciis superiotum, qui summum in India Batavia Imperium tenent … Lugduni Batavorum. Place of publication unknown : Arnz & Soc. 6 vols pp.
• Temminck, C.J. & Schlegel, H. 1847. Aves. In, Siebold, P. von (ed.). Fauna Japonica sive Descriptio animalium, qual in itinere per Japoniam, jussu et auspiciis superiotum, qui summum in India Batavia Imperium tenent … Lugduni Batavorum. Arnz & Soc.
• Temminck, C.J. In Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1821. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux Planches enluminées de Buffon. Paris : G. Levrault Vol. 1.
• Temminck, C.J. In Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1821. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux Planches enluminées de Buffon. Paris : G. Levrault Vol. 1 livr. 7e pp.
• Temminck, C.J. In Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1822. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux Planches enluminées de Buffon. Paris : G. Levrault Vol. 2 livr. 24 pp. [publication dated as 1838]
• Temminck, C.J. In Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1826. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux Planches enluminées de Buffon. Paris : G. Levrault Vol. 4 livr. 69 pp. [published Oct. 1826]
• Temminck, C.J. In Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1835. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux planches enluminées de Buffon. Paris : G. Levrault Vol. 5 (livr. 96).
• Temminck, C.J. In Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1836. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux Planches enluminées de Buffon. Paris : G. Levrault Vol. 5 livr. 100 pp. [publication dated as 1838]
• Temminck, C.J. in Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1825. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux planches enluminées de Buffon. Paris : G. Levrault livr. 56 pp. [Date published Mar 1825]
• Temminck, C.J. in Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1826. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux Planches enluminées de Buffon. 56 livr. in 5 vols. Paris : G. Levrault.
• Temminck, C.J. in Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1826. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux Planches enluminées de Buffon. 67 livr. Paris : G. Levrault.
• Temminck, C.J. in Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1826. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux Planches enluminées de Buffon. Paris : G. Levrault 66 livr. in 5 vols pp.
• Temminck, C.J. in Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1826. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux Planches enluminées de Buffon. Paris : G. Levrault Vol. 4. [Date published 12 Jul 1826]
• Temminck, C.J. in Temminck, C.J. & Laugier de Chartrouse, M. 1835. Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de complément aux planches enluminées de Buffon. Paris : G. Levrault Vol. 5 (livr. 96).
• Templeton, M.T. 1973. Southward movement of Spine-tailed Swifts through King Island in March. Australian Bird Watcher 5: 64
• Tennyson, A.J.D. & Bartle, J.A. 2008. Catalogue of type specimens of birds in the Museum of New Zealand Te Papa Tongarewa. Tuhinga, Te Papa Museum of New Zealand 19: 185–207
• Thiollay, J.-M. 1971. Les guêpiers et rolliers d'une zone de contact savane-forêt en Côte d'Ivoire. Oiseau Revue Français d'Ornithologie 41: 148-162
• Thomas, B. 1957. Tawny Frogmouth in captivity. South Australian Ornithologist 22: 46-47
• Thomas, D. 1979. Tasmanian Bird Atlas. Fauna of T Handbook No. 2. Hobart : Fauna of Tasmania Committee, University Tas. 171 pp.
• Thomas, D.G. 1970. Swift Parrots wintering in Tasmania. Tasm. Nat. No. 23 p. 4.
• Thompson, D'A.W. 1899. On characteristic points in the cranial osteology of the parrots. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1899: 9-46
• Thompson, H.A.F. 1984. The status of kingfishers and their allies (Coraciiformes) in the Darwin area, N.T., 1974 to 1982. Northern Territory Naturalist 7: 18-29
• Thomson, A.L. 1964. Roller. pp. 707-708 in Thomson, A.L. (ed.). A New Dictionary of Birds. London : Nelson.
• Thorsborne, A.S. & Thorsborne, M.G. 1988. Population changes of the Torresian Imperial-Pigeon Ducula spilorrhoa over twenty-one years on North Brook Is., N Queensland. The Emu 88: 1-8 [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B [publication dated as from preface, 12 June 1919 given in Appendix B] (Appendix B)]
• Tilley, S. 1982. The diet of the Powerful Owl, Ninox strenua, in Victoria. Australian Wildlife Research 9: 157-175
• Todd, W.E.C. 1924. A New Cuckoo-Shrike from Australia. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 37: 119-120 [Date published 8 Jul 1924]
• Traill, B.J. 1988. The Turquoise Parrot Neophema pulchella in east Gippsland. Australian Bird Watcher 12: 267-269
• Tristram, H.B. 1885. On two birds from Norfolk Island. Ibis 5 3: 48-49
• Tristram, H.B. 1889. Catalogue of a Collection of Birds belonging to H.B. Tristram., D.D., LL.D., F.R.S. Durham : H.B. Tristram xvi 278 pp.
• Tristram, H.B. 1892. Note on Nestor norfolcensis, Pelz. Ibis 6 4: 557-558
• Tunstall, M. 1771. Ornithologia Brittanica; seu, Avium omnium Brittannicarum tam terrestrium, quam aquaticarum catalogus, sermone Latino, Anglico & Gallico redditis; cui subjicitur appendix, aves alienigenas, in Angliam raro adventientes, complectens. London : M. Tunstall.
• Valenciennes, A. 1820. Observations sur le genre des Langrayens (Ocypterus) et Description de quatre nouvelles espèces de ce genre. Mémoires du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris 6: 20-27
• Van Oort, E.D. 1909. Birds from south western and southern New Guinea. Nova Guinea Résultats de l'expédition scientifique Néerlandaise a la Nouvelle-Guinée. Nova Guinea (Zoology) 9: 51-107
• Van Oort, E.D. 1909. On New-Guinea birds II. Notes from the Leyden Museum 30: 225-244
• Van Tets, G.F. 1965. Parental feeding of fledgling Dollar-bird. The Emu 65: 79
• Van Tets, G.F. & Van Tets, P.A. 1967. Report on the resident birds of the Territory of Christmas Island. The Emu 66: 309-317
• Van den Hoek Ostende, L.W., Dekker, R.W.R.J. & Keijl, G.O. 1997. Type-specimens of birds in the National Museum of Natural History, Leiden. 1(1): 1-248 [Non-Passerines.]
• Vaurie, C. 1959. Systematic notes on palaearctic birds. No. 38 Alcedinidae, Meropidae, Upupidae and Apodidae. American Museum Novitates 1971: 1-25
• Vaurie, C. 1965. The Birds of the Palaearctic Fauna A systematic reference. Non-Passeriformes. London : H.F. & G. Witherby xx 763 pp.
• Verheyen, R. 1956. Analyse du potentiel morphologique et projet d'une nouvelle classification des Psittaciformes. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique 32(55): 1-54
• Verheyen, R. 1956. Les Striges, les Trogones et les Caprimulgi dans la systématique moderne. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique 32(3): 1-31
• Verheyen, R. 1957. Analyse du potentiel morphologique et projet de classification des Columbiformes (Wetmore 1934). Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique 33(3): 1-42
• Vernon, D.P. 1971. Paradise Parrot Psephotus pulcherrimus: notes on Australian holdings, distribution and under-wing plumage pattern. Sunbird 2: 17-23
• Vestjens, W.J.M. 1973. Wildlife mortality on a road in New South Wales. The Emu 73: 107-112
• Vieillot, L.P. 1802. Oiseaux dores au a reflets metalliques. (published in 32 parts). Paris Vol. 2.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1807. Hist. Nat. Oiseaux Amrique Septentrionale. Vol. 1.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1816. Analyse d'une nouvelle ornithologie élémentaire. Paris : Déterville 70 pp. [Date published 14 Apr 1816]
• Vieillot, L.P. 1816. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Paris : Chez Deterville Vol. 3.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1816. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Paris : Chez Deterville.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1816. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Paris : Chez Deterville Vol. 5. [Date published 14 Dec 1816]
• Vieillot, L.P. 1816. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Paris : Chez Deterville Vol. 6. [Date published 14 Dec 1816]
• Vieillot, L.P. 1817. Coucou. pp. 202–238 in Nouveau Dictionaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, à l'Agriculture, à l'Économie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une Société de Naturalistes et d'Agriculteurs. Nouvelle Édition Paris : Déterville.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1817. Kakatoès. pp. 6–13 in, Nouveau Dictionaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle Édition. Paris : Déterville. [Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1833–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Vieillot, L.P. 1817. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle applicquée aux Arts, principalement a l'Agriculture et a l'Économie rurale et domestique par une Société de Naturalistes et d'Agriculteurs. Paris : Déterville Vol. 11. [Date published 21 Jun 1817]
• Vieillot, L.P. 1817. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, principalement à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle edition. Paris : Déterville Vol. 13. [Date published 13 Sep 1817]
• Vieillot, L.P. 1817. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, principalement à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle edition. Paris : Déterville Vol. 14. [Date published 13 Sep 1817]
• Vieillot, L.P. 1817. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, principalement à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle edition. Paris : Déterville Vol. 18. [Date published 27 Dec 1817]
• Vieillot, L.P. 1817. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, principalement à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle edition. Paris : Déterville Vol. 22.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1817. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, principalement à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle edition. Paris : Déterville Vol. 8.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1817. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, principalement à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle edition. Paris : Déterville Vol. xv.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1817. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, principalement à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle edition. Paris : Déterville Vol. 12.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1817. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Historie Naturelle, applicquée aux Arts, principalement à l'Agriculture et à l'Économie rurale et domestique par une Société de Naturalistes et d'Agriculteurs. Paris : Déterville Vol. 17.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1818. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, principalement à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle Édition. Paris : Déterville Vol. 26.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1818. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, principalement à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle Édition. Paris : Déterville Vol. 20.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1818. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, principalement à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle Édition. Paris : Déterville Vol. 21.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1818. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, principalement à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle Édition. Paris : Déterville Vol. 27.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1818. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, principalement à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle Édition. Paris : Déterville Vol. 14.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1818. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, principalement à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle Édition. Paris : Déterville Vol. 19. [Date published 30 May 1818]
• Vieillot, L.P. 1818. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, principalement à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle Édition. Paris : Déterville Vol. 24.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1818. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, principalement à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle Édition. Paris : Déterville Vol. 23.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1818. Perroquets ou Psittacins. pp. 292–382 in, Nouveau Dictionaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle Édition. Paris : Déterville. [publication dated as 1817]
• Vieillot, L.P. 1818. Podarge. p. 151 in, Nouveau Dictionaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle Édition. Paris : Déterville. 27 pp.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1819. Nouveau Dictionaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Paris : Déterville Vol. 32.
• Vieillot, L.P. 1819. Nouveau Dictionaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle edition. Paris : Déterville Vol. 34. [Date published December 1819]
• Vieillot, L.P. 1819. Toulou. pp. 294–299 in, Nouveau Dictionaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, à l'Agriculture, à l'Écomomie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle Édition. Paris : Déterville. 34 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Vieillot, L.P. 1822. La Galerie des Oiseaux. (illustrated by P. Oudart). Paris : Constant-Chantpie 2 Vols 344 pp. 198 pls. [published Apr. 1822; publication dated as 1825]
• Vieillot, L.P. 1823. La Galerie des Oiseaux. (illustrated by P. Oudart). Paris : Constant-Chantpie Vol. 1.
• Vierthaler, 1852. [Title not located]. Naumannia 2(1)
• Vigors, N.A. 1825. Descriptions of some rare, interesting, or hitherto uncharacterized subjects of zoology. Zoological Journal London 1: 526-542 [published Jan.]
• Vigors, N.A. 1825. Observations on the natural affinities that connect the orders and families of birds. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 14: 395-517
• Vigors, N.A. 1825. Sketches in ornithology; or, observations on the leading affinities of some of the more extensive groups of birds. Zoological Journal London 2: 37-70
• Vigors, N.A. 1830. Notice on some new species of birds. Zoological Journal London 5: 273-275 [published June]
• Vigors, N.A. 1831. In Proceedings of meeting of Committee Science and Correspondence of the Zoological Society of London, April 26, 1831. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1830–31: 61 [published June 1831, publication dated as 1830–1831]
• Vigors, N.A. 1831. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, April 12, 1831. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1830–31: 60 [publication dated as 1830–1831]
• Vigors, N.A. 1832. Untitled. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1832: 170-174
• Vigors, N.A. 1833. In Proceedings of meeting of Zoological Society of London, June 25, 1833. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1833: 78
• Vigors, N.A. & Horsfield, T. 1825. In Proceedings of meeting of the Zoological Club of the Linnean Society, May 10, 1925. Zoological Journal London 2: 281 [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Vigors, N.A. & Horsfield, T. 1826. In Proceedings of learned societies on subjects connected with zoology. Zoological Journal London 2: 543-564 [Date published Apr.]
• Vigors, N.A. & Horsfield, T. 1827. A description of the Australian birds in the collection of the Linnean Society; with an attempt at arranging them according to their natural affinities. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 15: 170-331 [Date published 17 Feb 1827: publication dated 1826]
• Voigt, F.S. 1831. Das Thierreich, geordnet nach seiner Organisation. Als Grundlage der Naturgeschichte der Thiere und Einleitung in die vergleichende Anatomie. Von Baron von Cuvier. Leipzig : F.A. Brockhaus Vol. 1 xlviii 975 pp.
• Von Pelzeln, A. 1865. Woegel, in Resie der Osterreichischen Fregatte "Novara" um der Erde in den Jahren 1858-59 unter den Bejehlen des Commodore B. von Wullerstorf-Urbair. Vienna Vol. 1.
• Von Pelzeln, A. 1873. On the birds in the Imperial Collection at Vienna obtained from the Leverian Museum. Part II. Ibis 3 3: 105-124
• Von Rosenberg, C.B.H. 1867. Reis naar de Zuidoostereilanden, gedaan in 1865 op last der Regering van Nederlandsch - Indie. 's-Gravenhage : M. Nijhoff xxxvii 125 pp. 7 pls. [Browning, M.R. & Monroe, B.L., Jr 1991. Clarifications and corrections of the dates of issue of some publications containing descriptions of North American birds. Arch. Nat. Hist. 18: 381–405 (cf. Mathews, G.M. 1920. Dates of ornithological works. Austral Avian Records 4: 1–27; Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.)]
• Wagler J G 1829. Beitrage und Bemerkungen zu dem ersten Bande seine Systema Avium. Isis 6: 645-664
• Wagler, J G 1830. Natürlisches System der Amphibien, mit vorangehender Classification der Saügthiere und Vögel, ein Beitrag zur vergieichenden Zoologie. Munich, Stuttgart & Tubingen : J.G. Cotta vi + 354 pp.
• Wagler, J. 1827. Systema Avium. Pars prima. Stuttgart and Tubingen : J.G. Cottae 411 (unpaginated) pp.
• Wagler, J. 1827. Systema Avium. Ptilonorhynchus, sp. 2. Stuttgart and Tubingen : J.G. Cottae. [Date published Oct 1827]
• Wagler, J. 1827. Systema Avium. Sturnus, sp. 5. Stuttgart and Tubingen : J.G. Cottae.
• Wagler, J.G. 1827. Systema Avium. Charadrius. Stuttgart and Tubingen : J.G. Cottae.
• Wagler, J.G. 1831. [Title unknown]. Isis von Oken, Jena
• Wagler, J.G. 1832. Mittheilungen ueber einige merkwuerdige Thiere. Isis ii: 265-282
• Wagler, J.G. 1832. Monographia Psittacorum. Abhandlungen K. Bayer Akademie Wissenschaftlichen München 1: 463-750 [published Dec. 1832]
• Wagler, J.G. 1832. [Title not found]. Isis von Oken, Jena 3: col. 1224
• Wagler, J.G. 1832. [Title not found]. Isis von Oken, Jena 1832: 277
• Wagler, J.G. 1832. [Title unknown]. Isis von Oken, Jena 11
• Wagstaffe, R. 1978. Type Specimens of Birds in the Merseyside County Museums. Liverpool : Merseyside County Museums, Merseyside County Council 33 pp.
• Wakefield, N. 1960. Recent mammal bones in the Buchan District –2. Victorian Naturalist 77: 227-240
• Wakefield, N.A. 1958. The Yellow-tufted Honeyeater with a description of a new subspecies. The Emu 58: 163-194 [Date published Jul 1958]
• Walker, T.A. 1986. Numbers of the Torresian Imperial-Pigeon Ducula spilorrhoa on Double Cone Is., central Queensland. Sunbird 16: 41-45 [Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240) Mathews, G.M. 1911. On some necessary alterations in the nomenclature of birds. Pt II. Novitates Zoologicae 18: 1–22 [For publication date Mathews, G.M. 1913. New generic names, with some notes on others. Austral Avian Records 2: 55–62]]
• Wallace, A.R. 1864. On the identification of the Hirundo esculenta of Linnaeus, with a synopsis of the described species of Collocalia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1863: 382-385
• Wallace, A.R. 1865. On the pigeons of the Malay Archipelago. Ibis 2 1: 365-400
• Walters, I.N. 1979. Transit party size in Trichoglossus (Aves: Loriidae) at Corinda, Queensland. Sunbird 10: 41-43
• Warham, J. 1955. The nesting of the Rock Parrot. The Emu 55: 81-84
• Warham, J. 1961. A Spine-tailed Swift at Macquarie Island. The Emu 61: 189-190
• Warne, R.M., Jones, D.N. & Astheimer, L.B. 2010. Attacks on humans by Australian Magpies (Cracticus tibicen): territoriality, brood-defence or testosterone? The Emu 110(4): 332-338
• Warner, R.W. 1972. The anatomy of the syrinx in passerine birds. Journal of Zoology, London 168: 381-393
• Warren, R.L.M. 1966. Type-specimens of Birds in the British Museum (Natural History). Vol. 1 Non-Passerines. London : British Museum ix 320 pp.
• Warren, R.L.M. & Harrison, C.J.O. 1971. Type-specimens of Birds in the British Museum (Natural History). Vol. 2 Passerines. London : British Museum vi 628 pp.
• Weatherill, W.E. 1908. Description of a new Pseudogerygone from south-east Queensland. Queensland Naturalist 1(3): 74-75 [Date published 30 Sep 1908]
• Weathers, W.W. & Schoenbaechler, D.C. 1976. Regulation of body temperature in the Budgerygah, Melopsittacus undulatus. Australian Journal of Zoology 24: 39-47
• Weaver, C.M. 1982. Breeding habits and status of the Golden-shouldered Parrot Psephotus chrysopterygius in Queensland. The Emu 82: 2-6
• Weaver, C.M. 1987. A comparison of temperatures recorded in nest chambers excavated in termite mounds by the Golden-shouldered Parrot. The Emu 87: 57-58
• Webb, G.A. 1989. A note on the diet of the Australian Owlet-nightjar Aegotheles cristatus. Corella 13: 90-91
• Webber, L.C. 1948. The Ground Parrot in habitat and captivity. Aviculture Magazine 54: 41-45
• Webster, R. 1988. The Superb Parrot. A survey of the breeding distribution and habitat requirements. Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service Report Series n. 12 51 pp.
• Wells, R.W. & Wellington, R. 1992. A classification of the cockatoos and parrots (Aves: Psittaciformes) of Australia. Sydney Basin Naturalist 1: 107-169 [Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240)]
• Wetmore, A. 1918. On the anatomy of Nyctibius with notes on allied birds. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 54: 577-586
• Wetmore, A. 1960. A classification for the birds of the world. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections 139(11): 1-37
• Whatmough, R.J. 1984. Breeding of the Funereal Cockatoo in Cleland Conservation Park. South Australian Ornithologist 29: 108
• Whitbourn, E. & Robinson, L.N. 1962. Cockatiels breeding in southern Victoria. Australian Bird Watcher 1: 225-226
• White, C.M.N. 1936. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 57: 26-28 [Date published 11 Nov 1936]
• White, C.M.N. 1938. 1. The races of Glossopsitta concinna (Shaw). 2. The races of Geopelia striata in Australia. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 58: 114-115
• White, C.M.N. & Bruce, M.D. 1986. The Birds of Wallacea (Sulawesi, the Moluccas & Lesser Sunda Islands, Indonesia). An annotated check-list. B.O.U. Check-list No. 7. London : British Ornithologists' Union 524 pp.
• White, H.L. 1914. New sub-species of Honey-eater. The Emu 13: 187 [Date published 1 Jan 1914]
• White, H.L. 1916. A new Wren-Warbler, Malurus lamberti dawsonianus (Barnard's Wren). The Emu 16(2): 69 [Date published 2 Oct 1916]
• White, H.L. 1917. Description of new Honey-eater of the Genus Ptilotis, from North Australia. The Emu 16: 165 [Date published 15 Jan 1917]
• White, H.L. 1918. Description of a new sub-species of Acanthiza nana. The Emu 18(2): 122 [Date published Oct 1918]
• White, H.L. 1918. Description of a new sub-species of Malurus cyanotus. The Emu 18: 121 [Date published 1 Oct 1918]
• White, H.L. 1920. New sub-species of Pachycephala olivacea. The Emu 19: 273 [Date published 1 Apr 1920]
• White, H.L. 1920. The Rufous Scrub-Bird (Atrichornis rufescens) in Queensland. A new sub-species. The Emu 19(4): 257-258 [Date published 1 Apr 1920]
• White, H.L. 1921. The Naretha Parrot (Psephotus narethae) sp. nov. The Emu 21: 81-82 pl. 12
• White, H.L. 1922. New sub-species of Acanthiza nana Vigors and Horsfield. Acanthiza nana flava sub-sp. nov. The Emu 22(2): 97 [Date published Oct 1922]
• White, H.L. 1922. Two new subspecies of birds. The Emu 21: 163
• White, H.L. 1923. Notes on the Pied Bell-Magpie (Strepera graculina). The Emu 22: 258 [Date published 1 Apr 1923]
• White, J. 1790. Journal of a Voyage to New South Wales with Sixty-five Plates of Non descript Animals, Birds, Lizards, Serpents, curious Cones of Trees and other Natural Productions. London : J. Debrett 299 pp. 65 pls. [published before Aug.]
• White, S.A. 1915. Another new bird for Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 2: 45-46
• White, S.A. 1915. Scientific notes on an expedition into the north-western regions of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 39: 707-842 [Mathews, G.M. 1920. Dates of ornithological works. Austral Avian Records 4: 1–27]
• White, S.A. 1916. A new Scrub Wren. Sericornis longirostris wyldei (subsp. n.) — Coorong Scrub Wren. South Australian Ornithologist 2(7): 169-170 [Date published 1 Jul 1916]
• White, S.A. 1916. A new parrot for South Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 2: 115-116
• White, S.A. 1916. An Ornithological Cruise among the islands of St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs. The Emu 16(1): 1-15 [Date published 1 Jul 1916]
• White, S.A. 1917. Cooper's (sic) Creek Tree-creeper (Climacteris waitei). The Emu 17(1): 168-169 [Date published 15 Jan 1917]
• White, S.A. 1917. Results of the South Australian Museum Expedition to Strzelecki and Cooper Creeks, September and October, 1916. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 41: 441-466 [Date published 24 Dec 1917]
• White, S.A. & Mellor, J.W. 1913. Descriptions of Three New Birds. The Emu 12(3): 164-165 [Date published 1 Jan 1913]
• Whitehead, P.J.P. 1969. Zoological specimens from Captain Cook's voyages. Journal of the Society for the Bibliography of Natural History 5: 161-201 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1927. Systema Avium Australasianarum. A systematic list of the birds of the Australasian region. London : British Ornithologists' Union Pt 1 iv 426 pp.]
• Whittell, H.M. 1954. The Literature of Australian Birds: a History and Bibliography of Australian Ornithology. Perth : Paterson Brokensha xi 116 788 pp.
• Whittell, H.M. & Serventy, D.L. 1948. A Systematic List of the Birds of Western Australia. Perth : Public Library Museum and Art Gallery of West. Aust. Spec. Publ. Vol. 1 vi 126 pp. [Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240) (cf. Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.)]
• Wied, 1833. Beitr. Naturg. Brasilien. Zweite Abth. Vol. 4.
• Wiegmann, A.F.A. 1838. [Title not located]. Archiv für Naturgeschichte 4(2)
• Wildlife Management Unit, Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service (R. Bilney) 1993. Schedule 13 (Restricted) Wildlife Field Manual. Brisbane : Queensland Dept. of Environment and Heritage 28 pp. 13 pls. [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]
• Wilkes, J. 1817. Encyclopaedia Londinensis, or Universal Dictionary of Arts, Sciences and Literature. London Vol. 16.
• Wilson, F.E. 1911. Description of a new Honey-eater. The Emu 11: 124 [Date published 2 Oct 1911]
• Wilson, F.E. 1917. Description of the Winiam Tit-Warbler, Acanthiza winiamida, sp. nov. The Emu 16: 169-170 [Date published 15 Jan 1917]
• Wilson, H. 1937. Notes on the Night Parrot, with references to recent occurrences. The Emu 37: 79-87
• Wilson, J 1827. Illustrations of Zoology; being Representations of New, Rare, or Remarkable Subjects of the Animal Kingdom, drawn and coloured after nature, with Historical and Descriptive Details. Part 3. Edinburgh : William Blackwood.
• Wilson, J. 1829. Illustrations of Zoology; being Representations of New, Rare, or Remarkable Subjects of the Animal Kingdom, drawn and coloured after nature, with Historical and Descriptive Details. Part 6. Edinburgh.
• Wolters, H.E. 1975. Die Vogelarten der Erde. Eine systematische Liste mit Verbreitungsangaben sowie deutschen und englischen Namen. Hamburg : Paul Parey Lief. 1, 1-80 pp.
• Wolters, H.E. 1975–1982. Die Vogelarten der Erde. Eine systematische Liste mit Verbreitungsangaben sowie deutschen und englischen Namen. Hamburg : Paul Parey xx 745 pp.
• Wolters, H.E. 1976. Die Vogelarten der Erde. Eine systematische Liste mit Verbreitungsangaben sowie deutschen und englischen Namen. Hamburg : Paul Parey pp. Lief. 2, 81-160.
• Wolters, H.E. 1977. Die Vogelarten der Erde. Eine systematische Liste mit Verbreitungsangaben sowie deutschen und englischen Namen. Hamburg : Paul Parey pp. Lief. 3, 161-240.
• Wood, C.T. 1835. The Ornithological Guide, &c. London 236 pp.
• Wood, C.T. 1835. The Ornithological Guide: in which are discussed several interesting points in ornithology. London : Whittaker & Co. 236 pp.
• Wood, G.A. 1984. Tool use by the Palm Cockatoo Probosciger aterrimus during display. Corella 8: 94-95
• Wood, G.A. 1988. Further field observations of the Palm Cockatoo Probosciger aterrimus in the Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. Corella 12: 48-52
• Woodall, P. 1985. Crested and Feral Pigeons feeding on fig-seeds: commensalism, feeding rates and vigilance. The Emu 85: 121-125
• Woolfenden, G.E. 1961. Postcranial osteology of the waterfowl. Bulletin of the Florida State Museum 6: 1-129
• Wyndham, E. 1980. Diurnal changes in crop contents and total body lipid of Budgerigars, Melopsittacus undulatus. Ibis 122: 229-234 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• Wyndham, E. 1980. Diurnal cycle, behaviour, and social organisation of the Budgerigar, Melopsittacus undulatus. Ibis 80: 25-33
• Wyndham, E. 1980. Environment and food of the Budgerigar, Melopsittacus undulatus. Australian Journal of Ecology 5: 47-62
• Wyndham, E. 1980. Total body lipids of the Budgerigar, Melopsittacus undulatus (Psittaciformes: Platycercidae) in inland mid-eastern Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 28: 239-247
• Wyndham, E. 1981. Breeding and mortality of Budgerigars, Melopsittacus undulatus. The Emu 81: 240-243
• Wyndham, E. 1981. Moult of Budgerigars, Melopsittacus undulatus. Ibis 123: 145-157
• Wyndham, E. 1982. Movements and breeding seasons of the Budgerigar. The Emu 82: 276-282
• Wyndham, E. & Brereton, J. le G. 1982. Ageing and sexing Eastern Rosellas. Corella 6: 89-91
• Wyndham, E., Brereton, J. le G. & Beeton, R.J.S. 1983. Moult and plumages of Eastern Rosellas, Platycercus eximius. The Emu 83: 242-246
• Wyndham, E., Hutchinson, R.E. & Brockway-Fuller, B.F. 1981. Gonadal condition of non-breeding wild and domesticated Budgerigars, Melopsittacus undulatus. Ibis 123: 511-518
• Yamamoto, J.T., Shields, K.M., Millam, J.R., Roudybush, T.E. & Graw, C.R. 1989. Reproductive activity of force-paired Cockatiels (Nymphicus hollandicus). Auk 106: 86-93
• Zietz, A.H. 1900. Description of a new species of Acanthiza (A. tenuirostris). Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 24(2): 112 [Date published Dec 1900]
• Zietz, F.R. 1914. The avifauna of Melville Island, Northern Territory. South Australian Ornithologist 1(1): 11-18
• Zietz, F.R. 1921. A New Scrub Wren from Houtman's Abrolhos, Western Australia. Sericornis maculatus houtmanensis subsp. n. The Abrolhos Scrub Wren. South Australian Ornithologist 6(2): 44-45 [Date published 1 Apr 1921]
• Zillman, E.E. 1964. Observations on the Winking or Barking Owl. Australian Bird Watcher 2: 102-104
• Zillman, E.E. 1965. Observations on the Oriental Cuckoo at Gin Gin, Queensland. Australian Bird Watcher 2: 148-151
• Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1-364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365-706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240)
• Ziswiler, V. 1964. Neue Aspekte zur Systematic körnerfressender Singvögel. Verhandlungen der Schweizerischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft 144: 133-134
• Ziswiler, V. 1965. Zur Kenntnis des Samenöffnens und der Struktur des hörnernen Gaumens bei körnerfressenden Oscines. Journal für Ornithologie 106: 1-48
• Ziswiler, V. 1979. Zungenfunktionen und Zungenversteifung bei granivoren Singvögeln. Revue Suisse de Zoologie 86: 823-831
• d'Albertis, M.L. 1877. Notes on some birds collected during the Exploration of the Fly River. Ibis 1877: 363-372
• del Hoyo, J., Elliott, A. & Sargatal, J. (eds) 1994. Handbook of the Birds of the World. Barcelona, Spain : Lynx Edicions Vol. 2(New World Vultures to Guineafowl) Edn 1st Edn, pp. 1-638.
• des Murs, O. in Chenu, J.C. 1854. Oiseaux. Encyclopédie d'Historie Naturelle. Paris : Marescq & Compagnie. [dated 1853]
• van Aperen, W. 1969. Notes on breeding Boobook Owls Ninox novaeseelandiae at Melbourne Zoo. International Zoo Yearbook 9: 130
• van Horne, B. 1987. Nesting and foraging behaviour of breeding Red-backed Kingfishers Halcyon pyrrhopygia. Corella 11: 65-67
• van Oort, E.D. 1910. On a new form of the genus Psephotus. Notes from the Leyden Museum 32: 71-72
• van Oort, E.D. 1911. An undescribed form of Microglossus aterrimus. Notes from the Leyden Museum 33: 239-240
• van Tienhoven, A., Sutherland, C. & Saatman, R.R. 1966. The effects of exposure to darkness in the reproductive and hypothalamo-hypophysial systems of Budgerigars (Melopsittacus undulatus). General and Comparative Endocrinology 6: 420-427
• van der Weyden, W. & Ginn, H. 1973. Check list of species. pp. 198-199 in Burton, J.A. (ed.). Owls of the World. Their evolution, structure and ecology. London : Peter Lowe (Eurobook Ltd) 216 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
• von Pelzeln, A. 1860. Zur ornithologie der insel Norfolk. Sitzungsberichte der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien 41: 319-332
• von Pelzeln, A. 1873. On the birds in the Imperial Collection at Vienna obtained from the Leverian Museum. Ibis 3 3: 14-54

Return to AVES profile page.